1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
112 \paragraph_separation indent
113 \paragraph_indentation default
114 \quotes_language english
117 \paperpagestyle default
118 \tracking_changes false
119 \output_changes false
133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
135 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
139 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 \begin_inset Newline newline
158 \begin_inset Note Note
161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
162 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
178 LatexCommand tableofcontents
185 \begin_layout Chapter
189 \begin_layout Section
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 LyX is a document preparation system.
195 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
196 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
197 It is unlike most other
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
207 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
223 pt type, left justified, 5
224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
236 \begin_layout Standard
237 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
254 \begin_layout Standard
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
268 the format of all of the manuals.
269 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
270 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 \begin_layout Section
291 \begin_layout Standard
292 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
294 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
295 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
299 \begin_layout Standard
300 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
301 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
302 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
304 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
305 only a vertical scrollbar.
306 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
307 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
308 This, however, is due
309 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
310 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
311 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
312 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
314 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
315 this doesn't work for equations yet.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
327 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
332 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
333 ing sections of this documentation.
336 \begin_layout Section
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
346 of the manuals from inside LyX.
347 Just select the manual you want read from the
354 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
358 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
365 \begin_layout Standard
366 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
367 without resorting to configuration files.
368 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
369 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
370 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_inset Index idx
378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
385 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
386 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
391 \begin_inset space \space{}
394 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
395 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
397 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
401 \begin_inset Index idx
404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
405 Reconfiguration of LyX
410 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
413 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
417 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
424 \begin_layout Standard
425 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
426 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 that will be created when using the menu
451 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
470 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
471 \begin_inset Note Note
474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
475 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
483 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
484 More about TeX Code is described in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
495 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
512 \begin_inset Index idx
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 Reconfiguration of LyX
524 \begin_layout Chapter
528 \begin_layout Section
529 Basic File Operations
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
542 \begin_layout Standard
547 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
548 in addition to some more advanced operations:
551 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_inset Graphics
556 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
564 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/file-open.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_inset Graphics
610 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
618 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_inset Graphics
671 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Standard
686 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
687 a few minor differences.
690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
705 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
706 you for a template to use.
707 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
708 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
709 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
717 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
724 \begin_layout Standard
726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
749 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
750 space is just that — a big, blank space.
753 \begin_layout Standard
774 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
779 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
804 will reload the document from disk.
805 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
806 and want to restore it to the last save.
815 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
816 can identify them as your changes.
819 \begin_layout Section
820 Basic Editing Features
821 \begin_inset Index idx
824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
833 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
842 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
843 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
844 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
846 We'll start with cut and paste.
849 \begin_layout Standard
850 As you might expect, the
854 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
855 various other editing features.
856 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
860 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_inset Graphics
867 filename ../images/cut.png
868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
875 \begin_layout Itemize
881 \begin_inset Graphics
882 filename ../images/copy.png
883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
890 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_inset Graphics
897 filename ../images/paste.png
898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
905 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_inset Graphics
940 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
949 \begin_layout Standard
950 The first three are self-explanatory.
951 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
952 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
961 keys also functions as the
966 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
967 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
972 to get back the lost text.
975 \begin_layout Standard
976 \begin_inset Index idx
979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
985 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
994 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
997 \begin_layout Standard
1000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1005 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1022 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1032 will start a new paragraph.
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1036 \begin_inset Index idx
1039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1081 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1086 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1103 button to skip the current word.
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1112 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1123 If the toggle is set, searching for
1124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1135 will not match the word
1136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 Match whole words only
1152 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 \begin_layout Standard
1184 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1185 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1187 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1192 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1199 \begin_layout Section
1201 \begin_inset Index idx
1204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1223 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1232 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1238 or the toolbar button
1239 \begin_inset Graphics
1240 filename ../images/undo.png
1241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1245 to undo some mistake.
1246 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1251 or the toolbar button
1252 \begin_inset Graphics
1253 filename ../images/redo.png
1254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1270 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1284 This is a consequence of the 100
1285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1288 step undo limit, above.
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1300 work on almost everything in LyX.
1301 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset Index idx
1310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1323 \begin_layout Enumerate
1328 \begin_layout Itemize
1333 once anywhere in the edit window.
1334 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1338 \begin_layout Enumerate
1343 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1355 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1358 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1375 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1389 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1394 \begin_layout Section
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1398 name "sec:Navigating"
1403 \begin_inset Index idx
1406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1419 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1425 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1428 \begin_layout Itemize
1431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1434 or the toolbar button
1435 \begin_inset Graphics
1436 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1446 (TOC) that is described in section
1447 \begin_inset space ~
1451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1453 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1458 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1460 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1461 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1462 to the document, see section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1478 option sorts the current list, and the
1482 option keeps it in the current view state.
1483 Keeping means that when you have e.
1484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1488 \begin_inset space \space{}
1491 the subsections of section
1492 \begin_inset space ~
1495 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1499 3, the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1508 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1517 \begin_inset space \space{}
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/down.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/up.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1550 So you can for example move section
1551 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_inset space ~
1559 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/promote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/demote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 or the corresponding key bindings
1582 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1583 So you can for example make section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_layout Standard
1600 \begin_inset Graphics
1601 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1607 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1608 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1609 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1610 go back to your last editing position.
1613 \begin_layout Section
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1625 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_inset Index idx
1633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1677 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1678 is used to propose completions.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1683 there are completions available.
1684 You can then press the
1688 key to use this completion.
1689 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1690 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1691 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1699 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1706 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 by deselecting the option
1716 Automatic inline completion
1718 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1719 To accept this proposal, use the
1728 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1729 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1737 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1744 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_inset Index idx
1749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_inset Index idx
1791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1823 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1824 LyX's default is CUA.
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1839 \begin_inset space ~
1860 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1864 \begin_layout Labeling
1865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1870 LatexCommand nomenclature
1872 description "Tabulator key"
1878 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1879 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1893 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1897 , especially section
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sub:Lists"
1910 If you're still confused, look in the
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1922 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1923 LatexCommand nomenclature
1925 description "Escape key"
1932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1939 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1940 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1943 \begin_layout Labeling
1944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1961 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1962 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1967 There are three modifier keys:
1970 \begin_layout Labeling
1971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1989 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1990 LatexCommand nomenclature
1992 description "Control key"
1996 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1997 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2001 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2013 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2025 \begin_layout Itemize
2034 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2038 \begin_layout Labeling
2039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2058 LatexCommand nomenclature
2060 description "Shift key"
2064 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2065 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2088 LatexCommand nomenclature
2090 description "Alt or Meta key"
2094 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2095 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2096 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2102 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2104 menu accelerator keys
2107 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2108 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2112 \begin_layout Standard
2113 For example, the sequence
2114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2124 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2178 manual lists all other things bound to the
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2188 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2189 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2190 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2191 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2192 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2193 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2194 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 followed by a capital
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2218 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2220 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 as explained in sec.
2229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2235 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2242 \begin_layout Chapter
2244 \begin_inset Index idx
2247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2256 \begin_layout Section
2258 \begin_inset Index idx
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2276 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2277 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2278 numbering schemes, and so on.
2279 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2280 and format the title of your document differently.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2288 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2289 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2290 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2291 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2292 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2297 how to adjust their properties.
2300 \begin_layout Subsection
2302 \begin_inset Index idx
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2314 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You can select a class using the
2324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2326 \begin_inset Index idx
2329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2338 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2351 \begin_layout Description
2352 Article for basic articles
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Report for basic reports
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Book for writing a book
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Letter for US-style letters
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2368 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2370 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2371 can be found in chapter
2373 Special Document Classes
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2386 \begin_layout Description
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2408 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2409 There are three article layouts available.
2410 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2411 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2412 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2413 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2418 sequential numbering
2419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2422 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2423 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2424 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2425 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2428 \begin_layout Description
2429 Beamer Layout for presentations
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2434 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2438 \begin_layout Description
2440 \begin_inset space ~
2443 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2450 \begin_layout Description
2453 Die TeXnische Komödie
2455 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2472 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2478 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2491 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2503 LaTeX document class
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2510 \begin_layout Description
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2523 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2525 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Slides Used to make transparencies
2532 \begin_layout Description
2534 \begin_inset space ~
2537 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2538 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2545 \begin_layout Description
2550 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2556 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2561 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2562 of the document classes.
2565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2574 \begin_inset Index idx
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2588 in the chosen document class.
2589 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2591 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2592 the corresponding module in the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2626 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 Each class has a default set of options.
2657 Here's a quick table describing them:
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2669 \begin_inset Tabular
2670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2671 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 You're probably also wondering what
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset space ~
3147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3152 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3157 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3162 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3172 headings, there are also
3180 headings, and so on.
3181 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sub:Headings"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3199 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3204 \begin_inset Index idx
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 \begin_inset Index idx
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3249 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3250 to use for your document.
3251 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3274 You can choose between the following five options:
3277 \begin_layout Labeling
3278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 Use default page style of current class.
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 No page numbers or headings.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3311 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3312 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3327 \begin_inset Index idx
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3337 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3338 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3340 Check the documentation for the
3344 package for more details,
3345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3354 \begin_layout Standard
3359 of paragraphs is described in section
3360 \begin_inset space ~
3364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3366 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3373 \begin_layout Subsection
3374 Paper Size and Orientation
3375 \begin_inset Index idx
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3379 Document ! Paper size
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3387 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3395 You'll find the following options in the menu
3398 \begin_inset space ~
3403 of the dialog of the
3405 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3411 \begin_inset Index idx
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3423 \begin_layout Labeling
3424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3428 \begin_inset space ~
3433 What size paper to print on.
3437 \begin_layout Itemize
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Labeling
3484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3489 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3500 \begin_layout Labeling
3501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3505 \begin_inset space ~
3510 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3511 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3514 \begin_layout Subsection
3516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3523 \begin_inset Index idx
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 \begin_inset Index idx
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 Paper margins are set in the menu
3548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_inset Index idx
3555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3564 \begin_layout Standard
3565 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3566 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3567 the paper format and the font size into account.
3570 \begin_layout Subsection
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3580 That includes the paragraph environments.
3581 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3582 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3583 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3584 paragraph environments to
3588 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3589 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3590 the conversion and why it failed.
3593 \begin_layout Section
3594 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3595 \begin_inset Index idx
3598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3599 Paragraph ! Indentation
3607 \begin_layout Subsection
3609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3611 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3620 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3625 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3626 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3627 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3631 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3637 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3638 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3639 language than English.
3640 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3645 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3647 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3648 LyX takes care of that.
3649 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3651 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3652 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3653 of a page, and so on.
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3663 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3664 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3668 of these pre-coded spacings.
3669 We'll explain more later.
3672 \begin_layout Subsection
3673 Paragraph Separation
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3678 Paragraph ! Separation
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 To separate paragraphs, select
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3705 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3709 \begin_inset Index idx
3712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3718 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3719 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3720 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3734 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3735 \begin_inset space ~
3739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3741 reference "cap:Units"
3746 The default length is 30
3747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3753 \begin_layout Subsection
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3758 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3763 \begin_inset space ~
3768 dialog and toggle the
3771 \begin_inset space ~
3776 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3779 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3783 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3784 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3788 \begin_layout Standard
3789 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3790 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3793 \begin_layout Subsection
3795 \begin_inset Index idx
3798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3799 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3807 \begin_layout Standard
3810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3814 \begin_inset Index idx
3817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3826 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3829 \begin_inset space ~
3838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3839 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3844 \begin_inset Index idx
3847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3848 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3853 installed to use this feature.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Environments
3863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3865 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Environments
3880 \begin_inset Index idx
3883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3884 Paragraph environments|(
3892 \begin_layout Subsection
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3919 \begin_inset Newline newline
3922 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3923 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3924 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3933 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 A paragraph environment is simply a
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3946 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3947 scheme, labels, and so on.
3948 Additionally, you can
3949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3956 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3957 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3958 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3959 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3960 days of typewriters.
3961 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3963 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3968 \begin_inset Graphics
3969 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3975 at the left end of the toolbar.
3976 LyX will change the environment of the
3980 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3981 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3982 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3986 \begin_layout Standard
3995 create a new paragraph using the
3999 paragraph environment.
4001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4008 because if you are in one of these environments:
4011 \begin_layout Itemize
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4058 , rather than resetting it to
4063 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4064 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4065 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4066 \begin_inset space ~
4070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4072 reference "sec:Nesting"
4077 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4082 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4083 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4087 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4093 \begin_layout Subsection
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 The default paragraph environment is
4103 It creates a plain paragraph.
4104 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4105 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4106 this manual) are in the
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 You can nest a paragraph using the
4118 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4126 \begin_layout Subsection
4128 \begin_inset Index idx
4131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4150 for thanks or contact information.
4151 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4152 page along with today's date.
4153 For other types of documents, the title
4154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4161 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4180 Here's how you use them:
4183 \begin_layout Itemize
4184 Put the title of your document in the
4191 \begin_layout Itemize
4192 Put the author name in the
4199 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4201 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4207 Note that using this environment is optional.
4208 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4209 If you don't want any date, add the line
4210 \begin_inset Newline newline
4220 \begin_inset Newline newline
4223 to the preamble of your document (menu
4225 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4231 \begin_layout Standard
4232 You can use footnotes to insert
4233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4240 or contact information.
4243 \begin_layout Subsection
4245 \begin_inset Index idx
4248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4266 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4269 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4271 \begin_inset Index idx
4274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4275 Section headings ! Numbered
4283 \begin_layout Standard
4284 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4288 \begin_layout Enumerate
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4331 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4332 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4333 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4338 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4339 You group the book into chapters.
4340 LyX does similar grouping:
4343 \begin_layout Itemize
4348 is divided in either
4359 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4383 \begin_layout Itemize
4395 \begin_layout Itemize
4407 \begin_layout Itemize
4419 \begin_layout Standard
4420 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4428 Not all document types use the
4432 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4437 is the top-level heading.
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4450 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4451 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4453 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4467 \begin_inset Index idx
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4471 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4479 \begin_layout Standard
4480 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4484 \begin_layout Enumerate
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4514 \begin_layout Standard
4516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4523 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4524 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4525 table of contents, see section
4526 \begin_inset space ~
4530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4539 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4540 Changing the Numbering
4541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4543 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4552 in the Table of Contents.
4553 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4555 Certain classes start with
4569 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4579 This is something you can change.
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4591 \begin_inset Index idx
4594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4605 \begin_inset space ~
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4614 you'll see two counters.
4619 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4621 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4626 Short Titles of Headings
4627 \begin_inset Index idx
4630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4631 Section headings ! Short titles
4640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4649 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4658 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4659 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4660 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4665 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4666 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4667 To specify a short title, use the menu
4669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4671 \begin_inset space ~
4677 This will insert a box labeled
4678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4694 This also works for captions inside floats.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4698 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4705 \begin_layout Standard
4706 The following information applies to all section headings:
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4725 \begin_layout Subsection
4726 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4730 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4744 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4745 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4746 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4747 the text they contain.
4748 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4756 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4769 when you start a new paragraph.
4770 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4774 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4775 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4776 to change back to the
4780 environment yourself.
4783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4800 \begin_inset Index idx
4803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4812 \begin_layout Standard
4813 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4814 time for the differences.
4823 are identical except for one difference:
4827 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4836 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4839 \begin_layout Standard
4840 Here's an example of the
4853 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4855 See – no indentation!
4859 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4860 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4861 the other paragraph.
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Here's another example, this time in the
4872 \begin_layout Quotation
4878 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4879 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4880 the first line, then
4884 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4888 you were quoting other text.
4891 \begin_layout Quotation
4892 Here's a new paragraph.
4893 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4894 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4897 \begin_layout Standard
4898 As the examples show,
4902 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4903 They should put quotes in the
4908 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4912 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4921 \begin_inset Index idx
4924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4933 \begin_inset Index idx
4936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4957 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4963 \begin_inset Newline newline
4966 Which I did not rehearse!
4970 It could be much worse.
4971 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4973 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4974 indented a bit more than the first.
4975 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4981 \begin_inset Newline newline
4984 And make things look fine
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4991 arg "newline-insert newline"
4997 \begin_layout Standard
5002 does not indent both margins.
5003 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5004 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5011 arg "newline-insert newline"
5017 \begin_layout Subsection
5019 \begin_inset Index idx
5022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5038 \begin_layout Standard
5039 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5049 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5058 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5059 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5060 some general features of all four of them.
5063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5070 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5079 reset the environment to
5083 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5084 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5085 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5089 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5092 to break paragraphs.
5095 \begin_layout Standard
5096 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5097 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5099 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5100 you read all of section
5101 \begin_inset space ~
5105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5107 reference "sec:Nesting"
5115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5121 \begin_inset Index idx
5124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5145 paragraph environment.
5146 It has the following properties:
5149 \begin_layout Itemize
5150 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5154 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5163 \begin_layout Itemize
5164 The items can have any length.
5165 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5166 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5173 \begin_layout Itemize
5178 environment inside another
5182 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5186 \begin_layout Itemize
5187 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5196 \begin_inset space ~
5200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5202 reference "sec:Nesting"
5206 for a full explanation of nesting.
5210 \begin_layout Standard
5211 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5220 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5224 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5225 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5228 \begin_layout Itemize
5229 The label for the first level
5233 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the second level is a dash.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 Back out to the third level.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back to the second level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the outermost level.
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 These are the default labels for an
5272 You can customize these labels in the
5274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5277 dialog in the submenu
5284 \begin_inset Index idx
5287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5298 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5319 \begin_inset Index idx
5322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5331 name "sec:Enumerate"
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5343 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5344 It has these properties:
5347 \begin_layout Enumerate
5348 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5361 \begin_layout Enumerate
5366 environment resets the counter to one.
5369 \begin_layout Enumerate
5382 \begin_layout Enumerate
5383 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5384 Items can have any length.
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5391 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5395 \begin_layout Enumerate
5396 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5409 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5410 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5417 \begin_layout Enumerate
5418 The first level of an
5422 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5440 \begin_layout Enumerate
5441 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Back to the third level
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the second level.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the outermost level.
5460 \begin_layout Standard
5461 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5466 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5471 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 There is more to nesting
5480 environments than we've stated here.
5481 You should read section
5482 \begin_inset space ~
5486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5488 reference "sec:Nesting"
5492 to learn more about nesting.
5495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5501 \begin_inset Index idx
5504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5518 list has no fixed label.
5519 Instead, LyX uses the first
5520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5527 of the first line as the label.
5531 \begin_layout Description
5532 Example: This is an example of the
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5553 it is meant that the first hit of the
5557 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5559 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5567 arg "space-insert protected"
5572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5573 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5587 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5591 for more info.) Here is an example:
5594 \begin_layout Description
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5599 Example: This one shows how to use a
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5614 \begin_layout Description
5615 Usage: You should use the
5619 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5620 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5622 It's not a good idea to use a
5626 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5627 You're better off using
5639 paragraphs into them.
5642 \begin_layout Description
5643 Nesting: You can nest
5647 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5653 them from the first line.
5656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5662 \begin_inset Index idx
5665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5679 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5682 \begin_layout Standard
5683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5691 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5696 environment is named
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5717 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5718 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5721 \begin_layout Labeling
5722 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5727 labels LyX uses the first
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5735 of each line as the item label.
5740 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5741 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5742 blank as described above.
5745 \begin_layout Labeling
5746 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5747 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5748 the body of the item text.
5749 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5750 label width plus a little extra space.
5754 \begin_layout Labeling
5755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5757 \begin_inset space ~
5760 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5762 If the label width is larger, the label
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 into the first line.
5771 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5772 margin of the rest of the item text.
5775 \begin_layout Labeling
5776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5778 \begin_inset space ~
5781 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5786 environment have the same left margin.
5787 \begin_inset Newline newline
5790 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5793 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5809 determines the default label width.
5810 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 multiple times instead.
5820 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5829 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5837 every time you alter a label in a
5842 \begin_inset Newline newline
5845 The predefined default width is the length of
5846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5855 \begin_inset Newline newline
5859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5867 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5868 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environment the same way like the
5885 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5891 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5900 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5902 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5904 \begin_inset space ~
5908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5910 reference "sec:Nesting"
5914 to learn about nesting.
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 There is yet another feature of the
5922 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5924 You can use additional
5928 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5933 are documented in section
5934 \begin_inset space ~
5938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5940 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5945 Here are some examples:
5946 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5952 \begin_layout Labeling
5953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5954 Left The default for
5961 \begin_layout Labeling
5962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5970 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5979 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5986 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5989 \begin_layout Subsection
5991 \begin_inset Index idx
5994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6011 \begin_inset space ~
6019 \begin_layout Standard
6020 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6028 \begin_inset space ~
6034 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6035 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6036 In contrast, you can use the
6043 \begin_inset space ~
6048 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6049 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6053 \begin_layout Standard
6054 Of course, you're not limited to using
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6075 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6076 some European academic papers.
6079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6083 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6090 \begin_layout Standard
6095 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6096 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6100 \begin_inset space ~
6105 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6106 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6107 Here's an example of each:
6110 \begin_layout Right Address
6112 \begin_inset Newline newline
6116 \begin_inset Newline newline
6120 \begin_inset Newline newline
6123 When is it? What is today?
6126 \begin_layout Standard
6130 \begin_inset space ~
6136 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6137 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6138 Here's an example of the
6145 \begin_layout Address
6147 \begin_inset Newline newline
6150 Where do I send this
6151 \begin_inset Newline newline
6154 Your post office and country
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6158 As you can see, both
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6170 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6175 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6181 This makes sense, since
6189 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6190 Thus, you have to use
6197 arg "newline-insert newline"
6203 \begin_inset space ~
6206 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6217 menu) to start a new line in an
6224 \begin_inset space ~
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6236 \begin_layout Standard
6237 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6238 or list of references.
6239 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6246 \begin_inset Index idx
6249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6258 \begin_layout Standard
6263 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6264 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6265 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6266 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6270 in anything else or vice versa.
6276 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6277 The book document classes ignores the
6281 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6285 in a letter document class.
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6293 environment does several things for you.
6294 First, it puts the centered label
6295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6303 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6305 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6306 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6307 the subsequent text.
6308 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6309 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6312 \begin_layout Standard
6313 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6317 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6318 The new paragraph will still be in the
6323 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6324 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 \begin_inset Float figure
6333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6335 \begin_inset Graphics
6336 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 \begin_inset Caption
6346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6349 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6370 \begin_layout Standard
6371 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6375 environment, but since this document is in the
6376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6383 class, we can't do this.
6384 We inserted it therefore as figure
6385 \begin_inset space ~
6389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6391 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6396 If you've never heard of an
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6404 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6413 \begin_inset Index idx
6416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6425 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6437 environment is used to list references.
6438 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6439 only use it at the end of the document.
6444 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6447 \begin_layout Standard
6448 When you first open a
6452 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6468 depending on the document class.
6469 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6470 Each paragraph of the
6474 environment is a bibliography entry.
6479 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6480 Each new paragraph is still in the
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6488 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6489 by using a BibTeX database.
6490 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6491 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6492 \begin_inset space ~
6496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6498 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6505 \begin_layout Subsection
6509 \begin_inset Index idx
6512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6513 Paragraph ! LyX code
6519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6528 \begin_layout Standard
6533 environment is another LyX extension.
6534 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6539 key as a fixed whitespace;
6543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6555 \begin_inset space ~
6560 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6565 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6566 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6569 arg "newline-insert newline"
6586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6587 So, when you finish using the
6591 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6592 Also, you can nest the
6596 environment inside of others.
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 arg "newline-insert newline"
6610 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6615 \begin_inset space \space{}
6625 arg "newline-insert newline"
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6635 arg "newline-insert newline"
6646 \begin_layout Itemize
6651 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6658 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 arg "space-insert protected"
6669 \begin_layout Itemize
6670 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6671 You must put at least one
6675 in any line you want blank.
6676 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6679 \begin_layout Itemize
6680 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6684 since that will insert
6689 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6692 arg "self-insert \""
6698 \begin_layout Standard
6702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6719 printf("Hello World!
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 This is just the standard
6734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6745 \begin_layout Standard
6750 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6751 rc-files, and so on.
6752 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6753 as if you used a typewriter.
6754 \begin_inset Index idx
6757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 Paragraph environments|)
6766 \begin_layout Section
6767 Nesting Environments
6768 \begin_inset Index idx
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 Nesting ! Environments
6778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6787 \begin_layout Subsection
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6794 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6796 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6798 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6810 \begin_layout Enumerate
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 \begin_layout Standard
6833 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6834 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6837 \begin_inset space ~
6841 \begin_inset space ~
6849 \begin_inset space ~
6853 \begin_inset space ~
6862 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6863 will tell you how far you are nested).
6864 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6865 \begin_inset Graphics
6866 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6876 or the convenient key bindings
6887 arg "depth-increment"
6893 arg "depth-decrement"
6896 to change the nesting level.
6897 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6898 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6902 \begin_layout Standard
6903 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6904 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6905 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6906 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6911 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6913 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6916 \begin_layout Subsection
6917 What You Can and Can't Nest
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6922 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6925 \begin_layout Standard
6926 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6927 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6928 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6931 \begin_layout Itemize
6932 Completely unnestable
6935 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6941 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6945 \begin_layout Standard
6946 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6947 environments have them:
6950 \begin_layout Description
6951 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6952 Can't nest into them.
6956 \begin_layout Itemize
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Description
6989 \begin_inset space ~
6992 Nestable You can nest them.
6993 You can nest other things into them.
6997 \begin_layout Itemize
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7046 \begin_layout Description
7047 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7048 You can't nest anything into them.
7052 \begin_layout Itemize
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7134 \begin_inset space ~
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7148 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7156 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7165 \begin_inset space ~
7169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7173 \begin_inset space \space{}
7176 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7177 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7178 section headings violate this.
7186 \begin_layout Subsection
7187 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7188 \begin_inset Index idx
7191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7192 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7200 \begin_layout Standard
7201 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7202 affected by nesting anyhow.
7206 \begin_layout Itemize
7210 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7218 \begin_layout Standard
7220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7228 Figures and tables in
7232 are not affected by this.
7237 Have a look at section
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7244 reference "sec:Floats"
7248 for more information about
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7257 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7270 of its own, it behaves just like a
7271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7278 paragraph environment.
7279 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7283 \begin_layout Standard
7284 Here's an example with a table:
7287 \begin_layout Enumerate
7292 \begin_layout Enumerate
7293 This is (a) and it's nested.
7297 \begin_layout Standard
7298 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7304 \begin_layout Standard
7306 \begin_inset Tabular
7307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7308 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7394 \begin_layout Standard
7395 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7402 \begin_layout Enumerate
7404 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7412 \begin_layout Standard
7413 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7416 \begin_layout Enumerate
7421 \begin_layout Enumerate
7422 This is (a) and it's nested.
7426 \begin_layout Standard
7427 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7433 \begin_layout Standard
7435 \begin_inset Tabular
7436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7437 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7537 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7540 \begin_layout Enumerate
7544 \begin_layout Standard
7545 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7549 \begin_layout Standard
7550 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7552 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7555 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 \begin_layout Enumerate
7561 This is (a) and it's nested.
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7565 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7571 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset Tabular
7574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7575 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7661 \begin_layout Standard
7662 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7668 \begin_layout Enumerate
7670 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7689 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7690 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7694 \begin_layout Subsection
7695 Usage and General Features
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7699 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7708 is the innermost possible depth.
7709 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7712 \begin_layout Enumerate
7713 level #1 – outermost
7717 \begin_layout Enumerate
7722 \begin_layout Enumerate
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 \begin_layout Itemize
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7746 \begin_layout Standard
7747 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7748 both of them in the example.
7749 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7759 For example, if we tried to nest another
7764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7771 , we would get errors.
7774 \begin_layout Subsection
7776 \begin_inset Index idx
7779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7789 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7790 We have several examples of nested environments.
7791 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7796 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7799 \begin_layout Labeling
7800 \labelwidthstring MMM
7801 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7810 \begin_layout Labeling
7811 \labelwidthstring MMM
7812 #2-a This is level #2.
7813 We created it by using
7816 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7822 arg "depth-increment"
7829 \begin_layout Labeling
7830 \labelwidthstring MMM
7831 #3-a This is level #3.
7832 This time, we just hit
7839 arg "depth-increment"
7843 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7847 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7853 arg "depth-increment"
7860 \begin_layout Standard
7865 environment, nested inside of
7866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7874 So, it's at level #4.
7875 We did this by hitting
7878 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7884 arg "depth-increment"
7887 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7892 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7908 \begin_layout Standard
7913 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7916 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7922 \begin_layout Labeling
7923 \labelwidthstring MMM
7924 #4-a This is level #4.
7928 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7931 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7936 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7940 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7945 keep nesting things inside
7946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7957 \begin_layout Labeling
7958 \labelwidthstring MMM
7959 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7964 \begin_layout Labeling
7965 \labelwidthstring MMM
7966 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7967 and this is level #6.
7968 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7972 \begin_layout Labeling
7973 \labelwidthstring MMM
7974 #5-b Back to level #5.
7978 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7984 arg "depth-decrement"
7991 \begin_layout Labeling
7992 \labelwidthstring MMM
7996 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8002 arg "depth-decrement"
8005 , we're back at level #4.
8009 \begin_layout Labeling
8010 \labelwidthstring MMM
8011 #3-b Back to level #3.
8012 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8016 \begin_layout Labeling
8017 \labelwidthstring MMM
8018 #2-b Back to level #2.
8023 \begin_layout Labeling
8024 \labelwidthstring MMM
8025 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8026 After this sentence, we'll hit
8030 and change the paragraph environment back to
8037 \begin_layout Standard
8038 We could have also used the
8054 environment in place of the
8059 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8063 Example 2: Inheritance
8066 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8067 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8070 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8079 arg "depth-increment"
8082 , after which, we'll change to the
8090 \begin_layout Enumerate
8095 environment, at level #2.
8098 \begin_layout Enumerate
8099 Notice how the nested
8103 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8107 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8111 \begin_layout Standard
8112 We ended this example by hitting
8117 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8121 and reset the nesting depth by using
8124 arg "depth-decrement"
8130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8131 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8144 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8152 \begin_layout Enumerate
8153 This is level #1, in an
8157 paragraph environment.
8158 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8162 \begin_layout Enumerate
8167 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8173 arg "depth-increment"
8177 Now, what happens if we nest an
8181 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8182 label be? An asterisk?
8186 \begin_layout Itemize
8196 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8197 So, its label is a bullet.
8198 (We got here by using
8201 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8207 arg "depth-increment"
8210 , then changing the environment to
8218 \begin_layout Itemize
8219 Here's level #4, produced using
8222 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8228 arg "depth-increment"
8232 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8237 \begin_layout Enumerate
8238 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8240 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8245 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8249 , because we are in the
8258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8277 \begin_layout Enumerate
8282 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8283 type of numbering does LyX use?
8286 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8290 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8293 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8300 arg "depth-decrement"
8303 to decrease the depth after the next
8306 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8313 \begin_layout Enumerate
8315 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8322 numeral as the label.Why?
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8335 Notice, however, that LyX
8339 reset the counter for the label.
8343 \begin_layout Enumerate
8347 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8353 arg "depth-decrement"
8356 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8357 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8358 into the twofold-nested
8366 \begin_layout Enumerate
8367 The same thing happens if we do another
8370 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8376 arg "depth-decrement"
8379 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8382 \begin_layout Standard
8383 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8388 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8402 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8408 The same rule applies for the
8412 environment, as well.
8415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8416 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8419 \begin_layout Enumerate
8420 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8421 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8422 same detail with how we did it.
8431 \begin_layout Standard
8439 arg "depth-increment"
8446 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8447 example in parentheses someplace.
8448 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8449 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8450 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8454 \begin_layout Enumerate
8459 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8464 Now we'll add verse.
8465 \begin_inset Newline newline
8468 It will get much worse.
8469 \begin_inset Newline newline
8479 arg "depth-increment"
8490 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8491 \begin_inset Newline newline
8494 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8495 \begin_inset Newline newline
8501 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8514 \begin_layout Standard
8515 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8523 \begin_inset Tabular
8524 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8525 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8526 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8616 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8626 arg "depth-increment"
8632 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8642 arg "depth-decrement"
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 : level #1) This is another item.
8655 Note that selecting a
8659 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8660 3 times to put the table inside the
8668 \begin_layout Quotation
8669 We're now ending the
8673 list and changing to
8678 We're still at level #1.
8679 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8680 The next set of paragraphs is a
8681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8695 \begin_inset space ~
8700 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8704 for the letter body.
8708 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8711 to preserve the depth.
8712 Remember that you need to use
8715 arg "newline-insert newline"
8718 to create multiple lines inside the
8725 \begin_inset space ~
8735 \begin_layout Right Address
8737 \begin_inset Newline newline
8740 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8741 \begin_inset Newline newline
8747 \begin_layout Address
8749 \begin_inset space ~
8755 \begin_layout Quotation
8756 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8760 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8761 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8762 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8763 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8764 as soon as possible.
8765 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8768 \begin_layout Quotation
8769 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8770 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8771 with your order, along with payment.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We thank you again for your patience.
8778 \begin_layout Address
8780 \begin_inset Newline newline
8787 \begin_layout Quotation
8788 That ends that example!
8791 \begin_layout Standard
8792 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8793 just a few keystrokes.
8794 We could have easily nested an
8815 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8818 \begin_layout Section
8819 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8820 \begin_inset Index idx
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8834 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8835 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8836 be broken at the end of a line.
8837 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8841 \begin_layout Subsection
8843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8845 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8850 \begin_inset Index idx
8853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8863 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8865 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8869 Further documentation is given in section
8870 \begin_inset Newline newline
8874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8876 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8884 \begin_layout Standard
8885 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8900 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8909 A protected space is set with
8911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8912 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8916 \begin_inset space ~
8926 arg "space-insert protected"
8932 \begin_layout Subsection
8934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8936 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8941 \begin_inset Index idx
8944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8945 Spacing ! Horizontal
8953 \begin_layout Standard
8954 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8957 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8961 The length units are listed in Appendix
8962 \begin_inset space ~
8966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8968 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8977 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8979 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8984 \begin_inset Index idx
8987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8996 \begin_layout Standard
8998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9002 \begin_inset space \space{}
9005 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9006 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9007 \begin_inset space ~
9011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9013 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9018 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9019 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9022 arg "space-insert normal"
9028 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9032 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9037 \begin_inset Index idx
9040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9058 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9067 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9068 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9069 inside abbreviations:
9074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9078 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 or between values and units.
9083 Compare for example this:
9084 \begin_inset Newline newline
9088 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9092 \begin_inset Newline newline
9098 \begin_layout Standard
9099 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9102 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9104 \begin_inset space ~
9112 arg "space-insert thin"
9118 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9122 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9130 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9133 \begin_layout Description
9135 \begin_inset space ~
9139 \begin_inset space ~
9143 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9147 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9151 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9154 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9157 \begin_layout Description
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9167 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9171 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9175 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9182 em) space between the arrows.
9185 \begin_layout Description
9187 \begin_inset space ~
9191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9195 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9199 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9203 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9207 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9214 em) space between the arrows.
9217 \begin_layout Description
9219 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9227 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9231 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9235 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9239 \begin_inset space ~
9243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9246 em) space between the arrows.
9249 \begin_layout Description
9251 \begin_inset space ~
9255 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9259 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9264 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9271 cm space between the arrows.
9274 \begin_layout Standard
9276 \begin_inset space ~
9280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9282 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9286 lists the different space sizes.
9289 \begin_layout Standard
9290 \begin_inset Float table
9295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 \begin_inset Caption
9299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9302 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9306 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9316 \begin_inset Tabular
9317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9318 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9543 \begin_inset Index idx
9546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9555 \begin_layout Standard
9556 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9557 in a uniform fashion.
9558 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9559 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9560 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9561 equally between themselves.
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9566 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9571 This is on the left side
9572 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9575 This is on the right
9581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9585 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_layout Standard
9609 That was an example in the
9615 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9623 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9626 is one in a standard paragraph.
9627 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9631 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9634 \begin_layout Standard
9635 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9638 \begin_inset space ~
9643 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9648 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9652 \begin_inset space ~
9658 \begin_layout Standard
9660 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9664 \begin_inset space ~
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9672 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9676 \begin_inset space ~
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9684 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9688 \begin_inset space ~
9694 \begin_layout Standard
9696 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9700 \begin_inset space ~
9706 \begin_layout Standard
9708 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9712 \begin_inset space ~
9718 \begin_layout Standard
9719 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9727 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9731 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9732 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9733 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9737 option in the space dialog.
9745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9747 \begin_inset Index idx
9750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9766 \begin_inset space \space{}
9769 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9772 \begin_layout Standard
9773 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9776 What is correct English?:
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9781 \begin_inset Newline newline
9785 \begin_inset space ~
9788 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9789 \begin_inset Newline newline
9796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9807 \begin_inset Newline newline
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9825 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9832 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9841 \begin_inset space ~
9845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9849 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9867 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9871 for more information about TeX-Code.
9877 In our case write the command
9884 (note the space after
9885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9892 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9893 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9894 That is why it is named
9895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9907 There exists also the commands
9919 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9920 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9921 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9923 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9935 \begin_layout Subsection
9937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9939 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9944 \begin_inset Index idx
9947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9956 \begin_layout Standard
9957 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9962 \begin_inset space ~
9968 There you find the following sizes:
9971 \begin_layout Standard
9984 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9989 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9995 \begin_inset Index idx
9998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 for the paragraph separation.
10005 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10022 \begin_inset Index idx
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10031 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10032 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10034 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10035 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10044 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10053 s are described in section
10054 \begin_inset space ~
10058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10060 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10069 If there are several
10073 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10074 You can therefore use
10078 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10081 \begin_layout Standard
10086 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10087 \begin_inset space ~
10091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10093 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10112 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10124 \begin_layout Subsection
10125 Paragraph Alignment
10128 \begin_layout Standard
10129 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10131 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10135 There are five possibilities:
10138 \begin_layout Itemize
10146 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10152 \begin_layout Itemize
10160 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10166 \begin_layout Itemize
10174 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10180 \begin_layout Itemize
10188 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10194 \begin_layout Itemize
10202 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10208 \begin_layout Standard
10209 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10210 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10211 the left and right margins.
10212 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10217 This paragraph is right aligned,
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10222 this one is centered,
10225 \begin_layout Standard
10227 this one is left aligned.
10230 \begin_layout Subsection
10232 \begin_inset Index idx
10235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10236 Page breaks ! Forced
10242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10244 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10253 can force a page break where you want one.
10254 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10255 Only if you use a lot of
10259 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10264 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10268 have to change the page breaking.
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10272 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10274 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10277 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10279 \begin_inset space ~
10285 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10295 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10297 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10298 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10301 \begin_layout Standard
10302 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10303 at the top of a page.
10304 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10305 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10306 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10307 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10311 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10315 to learn more about
10322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10326 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10331 \begin_inset Index idx
10334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10335 Page breaks ! Clear
10343 \begin_layout Standard
10344 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10345 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10346 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10347 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10348 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10351 \begin_layout Standard
10352 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10355 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10357 \begin_inset space ~
10363 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 \begin_inset space ~
10372 \begin_inset space ~
10377 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10378 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10381 \begin_layout Subsection
10383 \begin_inset Index idx
10386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10395 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10403 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10405 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10408 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10410 \begin_inset space ~
10414 \begin_inset space ~
10422 arg "newline-insert newline"
10426 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10431 \begin_inset space ~
10435 \begin_inset space ~
10440 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10442 This is necessary to avoid
10443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10450 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10454 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10455 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10456 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10457 set a line break, e.
10458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 \begin_inset space \space{}
10465 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10466 \begin_inset space ~
10470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10472 reference "sec:Quote"
10477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10479 reference "sec:Verse"
10484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10486 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10493 \begin_layout Subsection
10495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10497 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10502 \begin_inset Index idx
10505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10520 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10522 \begin_inset space ~
10527 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10533 \begin_layout Section
10534 Characters and Symbols
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10539 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10544 \begin_inset space \space{}
10547 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10555 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10559 for information on how this is done.
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10563 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10568 dialog via the menu
10570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10571 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10578 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10586 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10587 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10588 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10596 \begin_layout Section
10597 Fonts and Text Styles
10598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10600 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10607 \begin_layout Subsection
10609 \begin_inset Index idx
10612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10621 \begin_layout Standard
10622 There are two types of fonts:
10625 \begin_layout Description
10627 \begin_inset space ~
10631 \begin_inset Index idx
10634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10640 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10645 characters) in the font.
10646 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10647 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10648 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10649 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10650 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10651 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10652 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10653 \begin_inset Newline newline
10656 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10657 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10658 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10659 sizes than at small ones.
10660 \begin_inset Newline newline
10674 \begin_inset space ~
10682 \begin_layout Description
10684 \begin_inset space ~
10688 \begin_inset Index idx
10691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10697 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10698 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10699 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10700 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10701 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10702 picture manipulation program.
10703 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10704 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10705 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10706 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10707 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10709 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10710 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10711 \begin_inset Newline newline
10714 Bitmap fonts are named
10717 \begin_inset space ~
10722 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10726 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10727 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10728 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10729 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10730 use scalable fonts.
10733 \begin_layout Standard
10734 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10735 its document properties.
10738 \begin_layout Standard
10739 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10740 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10741 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10742 font to emphasize text, you use an
10743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10751 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10752 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10756 \begin_layout Subsection
10757 Document Font and Font size
10758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10760 name "sub:Document-Font"
10765 \begin_inset Index idx
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10775 \begin_inset Index idx
10778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 You can set the document fonts in the
10790 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10794 \begin_inset Index idx
10797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 Document ! Settings
10804 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10805 font shapes roman (serif),
10808 \begin_inset space ~
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 The possible options for the font include
10825 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10830 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10852 European Computer Modern
10855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10865 \begin_layout Standard
10874 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10875 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10880 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10883 \begin_inset space ~
10888 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10894 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10895 There are three ways to use one:
10898 \begin_layout Itemize
10899 One way is to use the
10909 Virtual means that it
10910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10921 -glyphs from other fonts.
10922 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10944 Loading the LaTeX-package
10949 \begin_inset Index idx
10952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10953 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10958 with the document preamble line
10959 \begin_inset Newline newline
10966 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10967 \begin_inset Newline newline
10972 will fix the guillemet problem.
10977 and that accented characters are not
10981 glyph, they are build of
10985 characters, the accent and the letter.
10986 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10990 fonts for words with accented characters.
10991 If you search for example for the French word
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10999 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 and not for the glyph
11009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11013 \begin_inset space ~
11017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11023 \begin_layout Itemize
11024 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11037 , consist of these three main font types
11040 \begin_inset space ~
11069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11080 as typewriter font.
11081 \begin_inset Newline newline
11084 The differences between roman,
11087 \begin_inset space ~
11096 fonts are explained in section
11097 \begin_inset space ~
11101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11103 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11108 \begin_inset Newline newline
11115 was originally designed for newspapers.
11116 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11117 into the small newspaper columns.
11122 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11125 \begin_layout Itemize
11126 The best solution is to use the
11135 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11139 as the default font.
11140 In most cases they look the same as
11148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 One difference is improved kerning for the
11162 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11173 \begin_layout Standard
11174 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11177 For the font size there are four possible values:
11194 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11197 \begin_layout Standard
11198 The font sizes are the
11203 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11204 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11205 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11208 \begin_inset space ~
11214 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11215 \begin_inset space ~
11219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11221 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11228 \begin_layout Standard
11233 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11234 a font to display the script characters.
11238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11244 So this has no effect for the document language
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11265 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11273 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11277 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11278 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11279 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11281 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11284 dialog, see section
11285 \begin_inset space ~
11289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11291 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11303 \begin_layout Subsection
11304 Using Different Character Styles
11305 \begin_inset Index idx
11308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11315 \begin_inset Index idx
11318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_layout Standard
11328 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11329 certain paragraph environments.
11330 LyX supports two character styles,
11339 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11343 \begin_layout Standard
11348 style, do one of the following:
11351 \begin_layout Itemize
11352 click on the toolbar button
11353 \begin_inset Graphics
11354 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11361 \begin_layout Itemize
11362 use the key binding
11371 \begin_layout Standard
11372 These commands are all toggles.
11377 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11380 \begin_layout Standard
11381 One typically uses the
11385 style for proper names.
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11394 is the original author of LyX.
11395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 \begin_layout Standard
11402 A more widely used character style is the
11407 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11414 \begin_layout Itemize
11415 clicking on the toolbar button
11416 \begin_inset Graphics
11417 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11424 \begin_layout Itemize
11425 using the keybindings
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11439 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11440 es use a different font.
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11444 We've been using the
11448 style all over the place in this document.
11449 Here's one more example:
11452 \begin_layout Quotation
11455 Don't overuse character styles!
11458 \begin_layout Standard
11459 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11460 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11461 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11462 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11466 \begin_layout Standard
11467 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11475 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11485 \begin_layout Subsection
11486 Fine-Tuning with the
11491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11493 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11498 \begin_inset Index idx
11501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11510 \begin_layout Standard
11511 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11512 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11513 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11514 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11515 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11516 from ordinary dialog.
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11521 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11522 \begin_inset Newline newline
11525 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11526 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11529 \begin_layout Standard
11530 To use custom character styles, open the
11532 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11534 \begin_inset space ~
11540 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11541 font property which you can choose.
11542 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11550 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11555 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11556 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11557 environments in a snap.
11560 \begin_layout Standard
11561 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11576 \begin_layout Labeling
11577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11591 The possible options are:
11595 \begin_layout Labeling
11596 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11601 This is the Roman font family.
11602 Normally a serif font.
11603 It's also the default family.
11613 \begin_layout Labeling
11614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11618 \begin_inset space ~
11625 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11637 \begin_layout Labeling
11638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11645 This is the Typewriter font family.
11651 arg "font-typewriter"
11660 \begin_layout Labeling
11661 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11666 This corresponds to the print weight.
11671 \begin_layout Labeling
11672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11677 This is the Medium font series.
11678 It's also the default series.
11681 \begin_layout Labeling
11682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11689 This is the Bold font series.
11702 \begin_layout Labeling
11703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11708 As the name implies.
11713 \begin_layout Labeling
11714 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11719 This is the Upright font shape.
11720 It's also the default shape.
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11738 s the Italic font shape
11744 \begin_layout Labeling
11745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11752 This is the Slanted font shape
11754 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11757 \begin_layout Labeling
11758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11762 \begin_inset space ~
11769 This is the Small caps font shape
11776 \begin_layout Labeling
11777 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11782 Alters the size of the font.
11783 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11784 nal to the document font size.
11785 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11786 what you want to do.
11791 \begin_layout Labeling
11792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11813 arg "font-size tiny"
11819 \begin_layout Labeling
11820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11841 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11847 \begin_layout Labeling
11848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11869 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11875 \begin_layout Labeling
11876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11897 arg "font-size small"
11903 \begin_layout Labeling
11904 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11918 It's also the default size.
11922 arg "font-size normal"
11928 \begin_layout Labeling
11929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11950 arg "font-size large"
11956 \begin_layout Labeling
11957 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11978 arg "font-size larger"
11984 \begin_layout Labeling
11985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12006 arg "font-size largest"
12012 \begin_layout Labeling
12013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12034 arg "font-size huge"
12040 \begin_layout Labeling
12041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12062 arg "font-size giant"
12069 \begin_layout Standard
12074 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12075 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12076 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12077 — use that instead.
12078 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12081 \begin_layout Labeling
12082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12092 \begin_layout Labeling
12093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12100 This is text with emphasize on
12103 This might seem like the same as
12107 , but it is actually a bit different.
12113 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12115 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12118 \begin_layout Labeling
12119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12126 This is text with Underbar on.
12132 arg "font-underline"
12138 \begin_inset Newline newline
12143 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12144 when you couldn't change fonts.
12145 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12146 It's only included in LyX because some people
12150 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12153 \begin_layout Labeling
12154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12161 This is text with Noun on.
12168 , this is a logical attribute.
12169 Normally it's equivalent to
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12181 \begin_layout Labeling
12182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12187 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12188 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12192 \begin_inset space ~
12197 , which is the default
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12205 and means normally black, you can choose between
12238 \begin_inset Index idx
12241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12250 \begin_layout Labeling
12251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12256 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12257 the language of the document.
12258 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12262 \begin_layout Standard
12263 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12264 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12268 \begin_inset space ~
12273 dialog, the settings are saved.
12274 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12275 \begin_inset Graphics
12276 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12281 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12282 when the dialog isn't visible.
12286 \begin_layout Standard
12287 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12294 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12295 (suppose you just set the shape to
12296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12314 \begin_inset space ~
12326 \begin_layout Standard
12327 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12335 \begin_inset space ~
12347 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12360 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 \begin_inset Newline newline
12385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12410 \begin_inset Note Note
12413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12414 For more on phantoms see section
12415 \begin_inset space ~
12419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12421 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12431 \begin_inset Newline newline
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12442 fonts use characters with serifs.
12443 These are the small
12444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12451 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12452 The following example will show the difference:
12453 \begin_inset Newline newline
12457 \begin_inset Newline newline
12462 text without serifs
12465 \begin_inset Newline newline
12468 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12469 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12476 \begin_layout Itemize
12482 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12483 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12486 \begin_layout Standard
12487 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12488 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12491 \begin_layout Section
12492 Printing and Previewing
12495 \begin_layout Subsection
12499 \begin_layout Standard
12500 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12501 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12502 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12503 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12504 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12506 Additional Features
12511 \begin_layout Standard
12512 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12513 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12514 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12515 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12516 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12517 This happens in two stages:
12520 \begin_layout Enumerate
12521 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12522 generating a file with the extension,
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12537 \begin_layout Enumerate
12538 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12542 file to produce printable output.
12546 \begin_layout Subsection
12547 Output file formats
12548 \begin_inset Index idx
12551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12560 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12569 \begin_inset Index idx
12572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12573 File formats ! ASCII
12581 \begin_layout Standard
12582 This file type has the extension
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12595 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12599 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12606 \begin_layout Standard
12607 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12609 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12610 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12616 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12618 \begin_inset Index idx
12621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12622 File formats ! LaTeX
12630 \begin_layout Standard
12631 This file type has the extension
12632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12643 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12645 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12646 it manually with console commands.
12647 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12648 you view or export your document.
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12654 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12655 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12674 \begin_inset Index idx
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12686 \begin_layout Standard
12687 This file type has the extension
12688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12708 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12709 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12710 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12714 \begin_layout Standard
12715 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12716 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12717 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12718 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12720 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12727 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12735 \begin_inset Index idx
12738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12739 File formats ! PostScript
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 This file type has the extension
12749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12761 PostScript was developed by the company
12765 as a printer language.
12766 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12768 PostScript can be seen as a
12769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12772 programming language
12773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12776 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12781 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12787 \begin_inset Index idx
12790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12791 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12801 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12809 Encapsulated PostScript
12810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12813 (EPS, file extension
12814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12826 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12827 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12832 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12836 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12837 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12838 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12839 EPS to avoid this problem.
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12845 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12854 \begin_inset Index idx
12857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12864 \begin_inset Index idx
12867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 This file type has the extension
12878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12894 Portable Document Format
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12902 was derived from PostScript.
12903 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12913 looks exactly the same.
12916 \begin_layout Standard
12917 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 (JPG, file extension
12926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12953 Portable Network Graphics
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 (PNG, file extension
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12971 in the background to one of these formats.
12972 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12973 will slow down your workflow.
12974 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12977 \begin_layout Standard
12978 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12980 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12983 in three different ways:
12986 \begin_layout Description
12987 PDF This uses the program
12991 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12992 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12996 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12997 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13000 \begin_layout Description
13002 \begin_inset space ~
13005 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13009 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13013 \begin_layout Description
13015 \begin_inset space ~
13018 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13022 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 We recommend to use
13029 \begin_inset space ~
13038 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13039 works without problems.
13044 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13047 \begin_layout Subsection
13049 \begin_inset Index idx
13052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13061 \begin_layout Standard
13062 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13063 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13067 and choose a file type.
13068 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13071 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13074 you can use the toolbar button
13075 \begin_inset Graphics
13076 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13083 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13088 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13090 \begin_inset space ~
13096 \begin_inset Graphics
13097 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13103 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13107 \begin_inset Graphics
13108 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13115 arg "buffer-view ps"
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13123 viewer window using the menu
13125 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13132 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13134 To have a real output, export your document.
13137 \begin_layout Subsection
13138 Printing the File from within LyX
13139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13141 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13150 it directly from within LyX.
13151 To print a file, select the menu
13153 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13156 or click on the toolbar button
13157 \begin_inset Graphics
13158 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13163 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13164 This file is then processed by the program
13168 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13173 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13176 \begin_layout Standard
13177 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13178 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13179 printing one set to print on the other side.
13180 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13181 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13182 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 You can set the parameters in the
13189 \begin_inset space ~
13197 \begin_layout Labeling
13198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13203 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13208 Note that this printer name is for the program
13217 has to be configured for this printer name.
13218 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13219 \begin_inset space ~
13223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13225 reference "sub:Printer"
13234 The printer should understand PostScript.
13237 \begin_layout Labeling
13238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13243 The name of a file to print to.
13244 The output will be a PostScript file.
13245 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13249 \begin_layout Section
13250 A few Words about Typography
13251 \begin_inset Index idx
13254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13263 \begin_layout Subsection
13265 \begin_inset Index idx
13268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13290 character comes in four lengths: the
13302 , and the minus sign:
13303 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13309 \begin_layout Standard
13310 \begin_inset Tabular
13311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13312 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13313 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13314 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13315 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13316 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13345 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13385 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13412 \begin_inset space ~
13415 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13422 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13449 \begin_inset space ~
13452 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13473 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13507 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13513 \begin_layout Standard
13514 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13526 character multiple times in a row.
13527 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13528 the final output, but not in LyX.
13530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13534 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13560 \begin_layout Standard
13561 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13562 math mode and has a length of its own.
13563 Here are some examples of the
13564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_layout Enumerate
13579 line- and page-breaks
13580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13590 \begin_layout Enumerate
13592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13602 \begin_layout Enumerate
13603 Oh — there's a dash.
13604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13614 \begin_layout Enumerate
13615 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13629 \begin_layout Subsection
13631 \begin_inset Index idx
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13643 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13651 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13652 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13657 \begin_inset Index idx
13660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13661 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13666 following the rules of the document language
13670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13671 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13679 \begin_inset space ~
13683 \begin_inset space ~
13690 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13702 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13707 font and with unusual constructs, like
13708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13716 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13717 This is done with the menu
13719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13720 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13722 \begin_inset space ~
13728 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13729 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13732 \begin_layout Standard
13733 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13734 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13744 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13752 as hyphenation possibility.
13753 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13754 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13755 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13761 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13762 As LyX doesn't support
13768 , you have to use TeX Code.
13769 The result looks in LyX like:
13772 \begin_layout Standard
13773 \begin_inset Graphics
13774 filename clipart/mbox.png
13781 \begin_layout Standard
13782 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13783 \begin_inset space ~
13787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13789 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13796 \begin_layout Subsection
13798 \begin_inset Index idx
13801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13811 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13814 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13823 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13824 LaTeX then adds the
13825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13828 appropriate amount of space
13829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13833 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13835 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13840 not work in all cases.
13842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13853 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13854 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 Here are some examples of
13862 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13865 \begin_layout Itemize
13870 \begin_layout Itemize
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13876 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13879 \begin_layout Itemize
13881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13885 this is too much space!
13888 \begin_layout Itemize
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13894 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13897 \begin_layout Standard
13898 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13901 \begin_layout Enumerate
13905 \begin_inset space ~
13910 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13911 \begin_inset space ~
13915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13917 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13922 \begin_inset Index idx
13925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13926 Spaces ! inter-word
13934 \begin_layout Enumerate
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13943 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13944 \begin_inset space ~
13948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13950 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13955 \begin_inset Index idx
13958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13967 \begin_layout Enumerate
13971 \begin_inset space ~
13975 \begin_inset space ~
13979 \begin_inset space ~
13986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13988 \begin_inset space ~
13993 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13994 This function is also bound to
13997 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14003 \begin_layout Standard
14004 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14007 \begin_layout Itemize
14009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14013 \begin_inset space \space{}
14016 this is too much space!
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14020 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14026 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14027 will take care of this.
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14031 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14035 \begin_inset space ~
14040 feature described in section
14046 Additional Features
14051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14053 \begin_inset Index idx
14056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14057 Typography ! Quotes
14063 \begin_inset Index idx
14066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14097 \begin_layout Standard
14098 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14099 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14100 and use a closing quote at the end.
14102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14110 The keyboard character,
14114 , generates this automatically.
14117 \begin_layout Standard
14118 You can change the behavior of the
14122 key using the submenu
14128 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14132 \begin_inset Index idx
14135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14136 Document ! Settings
14144 \begin_layout Standard
14145 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14150 There are six choices:
14153 \begin_layout Labeling
14154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14166 Use quotes like this
14167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14175 \begin_inset Quotes els
14179 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14185 \begin_layout Labeling
14186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14189 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14193 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14199 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14203 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14207 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14213 \begin_layout Labeling
14214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14217 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14221 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14227 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14231 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14235 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14239 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14245 \begin_layout Labeling
14246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14249 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14259 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14263 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14267 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14271 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14277 \begin_layout Labeling
14278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14281 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14285 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14291 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14295 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14299 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14303 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14309 \begin_layout Labeling
14310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14313 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14317 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14323 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14327 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14331 \begin_inset Quotes als
14335 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14342 These settings affect what character the
14349 \begin_layout Subsection
14351 \begin_inset Index idx
14354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14355 Typography ! Ligatures
14361 \begin_inset Index idx
14364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14395 name "sub:Ligatures"
14402 \begin_layout Standard
14403 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14404 print them as single characters.
14405 These groups are known as
14410 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14412 Here are the standard ligatures:
14415 \begin_layout Itemize
14419 \begin_layout Itemize
14423 \begin_layout Itemize
14427 \begin_layout Itemize
14431 \begin_layout Itemize
14435 \begin_layout Standard
14436 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14441 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14449 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14465 To break a ligature, use
14467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14468 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14470 \begin_inset space ~
14477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14488 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14505 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_layout Subsection
14515 \begin_inset Index idx
14518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14527 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14536 characters in different sizes and heights.
14537 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14538 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14558 \begin_inset Note Note
14561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14562 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14570 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14571 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14576 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14580 \begin_layout Description
14581 LyX The name of the game, write
14582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14603 \begin_layout Description
14604 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14626 \begin_layout Description
14627 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14649 \begin_layout Description
14650 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14673 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14678 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14687 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14688 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14691 : The actual version is
14692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14699 , the previous one was
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14710 \begin_layout Standard
14711 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14712 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14716 \begin_inset space \space{}
14719 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14721 This will look in LyX like:
14722 \begin_inset Graphics
14723 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14729 \begin_inset Newline newline
14732 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14733 \begin_inset space ~
14737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14739 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14746 \begin_layout Subsection
14748 \begin_inset Index idx
14751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14761 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14762 space between two words.
14763 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14773 for units use the menu
14775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14778 \begin_inset space ~
14786 arg "space-insert thin"
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14793 Here's an example to show the differences:
14796 \begin_layout Standard
14797 \begin_inset Tabular
14798 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14799 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14800 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14801 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14808 \begin_inset space ~
14812 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 space between number and unit
14831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14840 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 half space between number and unit
14865 \begin_layout Subsection
14867 \begin_inset Index idx
14870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14871 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14879 \begin_layout Standard
14880 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14882 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14883 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14884 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14885 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14886 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14887 These bits of text became known as
14898 \begin_layout Standard
14899 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14900 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14901 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14902 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14903 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14904 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14905 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14909 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14910 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14911 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14912 \begin_inset space ~
14916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14918 key "latexcompanion"
14923 \begin_inset space ~
14927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14933 ] may have more information.
14934 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14937 \begin_layout Chapter
14938 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14941 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14949 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14954 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14957 \begin_layout Section
14959 \begin_inset Index idx
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14979 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14982 \begin_layout Description
14984 \begin_inset space ~
14987 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14988 \begin_inset Newline newline
14992 \begin_inset Note Note
14995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14996 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15004 \begin_layout Description
15005 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15006 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15008 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15009 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15010 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15013 \begin_inset Newline newline
15017 \begin_inset Note Comment
15020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15021 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15029 \begin_layout Description
15031 \begin_inset space ~
15034 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15035 \begin_inset Newline newline
15039 \begin_inset Newline newline
15043 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15052 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15053 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15054 How this can be done is explained in the
15063 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15069 \begin_inset Newline newline
15073 \begin_inset Newline newline
15076 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15077 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15082 \begin_inset Graphics
15083 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15085 scaleBeforeRotation
15091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15095 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15098 \begin_layout Section
15100 \begin_inset Index idx
15103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15112 name "sec:Footnotes"
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15120 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15126 or the toolbar button
15127 \begin_inset Graphics
15128 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15141 \begin_inset Graphics
15142 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15151 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15180 label, the box will
15184 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15185 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15198 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 Here's an example footnote:
15223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15224 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15232 \begin_layout Standard
15233 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15234 position where the footnote box is placed.
15235 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15236 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15237 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15238 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15239 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15244 ey are described in the
15251 \begin_layout Section
15253 \begin_inset Index idx
15256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15265 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15272 \begin_layout Standard
15273 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15274 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15278 \begin_inset space ~
15283 or the toolbar button
15284 \begin_inset Graphics
15285 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15312 appearing within your text.
15313 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15322 \begin_layout Standard
15323 At the side is an example marginal note.
15327 \begin_inset Marginal
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15331 This is a marginal note.
15339 \begin_layout Standard
15340 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15341 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15342 pages, right on odd pages.
15345 \begin_layout Section
15346 Graphics and Images
15347 \begin_inset Index idx
15350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15357 \begin_inset Index idx
15360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15369 name "sec:Graphics"
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15378 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15379 \begin_inset Graphics
15380 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15390 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15393 \begin_layout Standard
15394 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15399 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15400 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15402 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15403 \begin_inset space ~
15407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15409 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15416 \begin_layout Standard
15421 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15422 of the image in the output.
15423 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15427 \begin_inset space ~
15431 \begin_inset space ~
15440 \begin_inset space ~
15444 \begin_inset space ~
15448 \begin_inset space ~
15453 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15454 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15462 \begin_layout Standard
15465 LaTeX and LyX options
15467 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15468 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15472 \begin_inset space ~
15477 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15478 with the image size is printed.
15482 \begin_inset space ~
15486 \begin_inset space ~
15490 \begin_inset space ~
15495 is explained in the
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15507 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15508 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15510 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15516 \begin_inset Graphics
15517 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15519 rotateOrigin center
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15527 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15528 the image into a float, see section
15529 \begin_inset space ~
15533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15535 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15542 \begin_layout Subsection
15544 \begin_inset Index idx
15547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15556 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15564 You can insert images in any known file format.
15565 But as we explained in section
15566 \begin_inset space ~
15570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15572 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15576 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15577 LyX uses therefore the program
15581 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15582 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15583 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15584 \begin_inset space ~
15588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15590 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15597 \begin_layout Standard
15598 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15601 \begin_layout Description
15603 \begin_inset space ~
15606 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15607 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15608 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15612 Graphics Interchange Format
15613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15616 (GIF, file extension
15617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15629 \begin_inset Index idx
15632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15664 Portable Network Graphics
15665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15668 (PNG, file extension
15669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15681 \begin_inset Index idx
15684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15716 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15720 (JPG, file extension
15721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15745 \begin_inset Index idx
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_layout Description
15781 \begin_inset space ~
15784 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15786 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15787 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15788 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15789 \begin_inset Newline newline
15792 Scalable image formats can be
15793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15796 Scalable Vector Graphics
15797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15800 (SVG, file extension
15801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15813 \begin_inset Index idx
15816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15848 Encapsulated PostScript
15849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15852 (EPS, file extension
15853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15865 \begin_inset Index idx
15868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15900 Portable Document Format
15901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15904 (PDF, file extension
15905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15917 \begin_inset Index idx
15920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15928 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15929 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15935 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15943 \begin_layout Standard
15944 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15948 \begin_layout Subsection
15949 Grouping of Image Settings
15950 \begin_inset Index idx
15953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15954 Images ! Settings grouping
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15965 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15966 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15968 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15969 need to manually change each of them.
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15974 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15977 \begin_inset space ~
15982 field in the Graphics dialog.
15983 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15984 by checking the name of the desired group.
15987 \begin_layout Section
15989 \begin_inset Index idx
15992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16010 \begin_inset Graphics
16011 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16022 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16023 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16024 from the rest of the table.
16025 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16026 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16028 Here's an example table:
16031 \begin_layout Standard
16033 \begin_inset Tabular
16034 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16035 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 \begin_layout Subsection
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16244 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16245 brings up the table dialog.
16246 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16247 where the cursor is placed currently.
16248 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16249 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16250 done on all of your selection.
16253 \begin_layout Standard
16254 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16257 \begin_inset space ~
16262 helps you in setting table properties.
16263 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16266 \begin_layout Standard
16270 \begin_inset space ~
16275 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16276 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16277 current cell respectively.
16278 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16280 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16281 of text, see section
16282 \begin_inset space ~
16286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16288 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16302 This will merge the cells to
16306 cell, spread over more than one column.
16307 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16308 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16309 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16310 in the last row without the upper border:
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16315 \begin_inset Tabular
16316 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16317 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16319 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16332 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16452 \begin_layout Standard
16453 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16454 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16455 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16456 explained in the tables section of the
16459 \begin_inset space ~
16465 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16469 degrees counterclockwise.
16470 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 Most DVI-viewers are
16486 able to display rotations.
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16499 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16504 adds lines for all cell borders.
16507 \begin_layout Subsection
16509 \begin_inset Index idx
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 Tables ! Longtables
16519 \begin_inset Index idx
16522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16532 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16535 \begin_inset space ~
16539 \begin_inset space ~
16548 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16549 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16552 \begin_layout Description
16557 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16558 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16559 except for the first page, if
16562 \begin_inset space ~
16570 \begin_layout Description
16574 \begin_inset space ~
16579 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16580 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16583 \begin_layout Description
16588 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16589 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16590 except for the last page, if
16593 \begin_inset space ~
16601 \begin_layout Description
16605 \begin_inset space ~
16610 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16611 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16614 \begin_layout Description
16615 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16616 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16622 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16625 \begin_inset space ~
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16634 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16635 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16636 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16637 The others will then be defined as
16642 In this context, first means first in this order:
16645 \begin_inset space ~
16657 \begin_inset space ~
16663 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16666 \begin_layout Standard
16668 \begin_inset Tabular
16669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16670 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16671 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16672 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16673 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16674 <row endfirsthead="true">
16675 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16681 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16686 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16695 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 <row endfirsthead="true">
16706 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16717 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 <row endhead="true">
16739 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16759 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16769 <row endhead="true">
16770 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16790 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16802 <row endfoot="true">
16803 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <row endlastfoot="true">
18785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 \begin_layout Subsection
18824 \begin_inset Index idx
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18836 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18843 \begin_layout Standard
18844 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18845 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18846 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18847 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18851 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18852 for the cell's paragraph.
18855 \begin_layout Standard
18856 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18857 for the column in the table dialog.
18858 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18859 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18863 \begin_layout Standard
18865 \begin_inset Tabular
18866 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18867 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18869 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18890 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 This is longer now.
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19072 This is longer now.
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 \begin_layout Standard
19104 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19105 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19111 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19117 Selection with the mouse or with
19121 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19122 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19123 the selection from outside the table.
19126 \begin_layout Section
19128 \begin_inset Index idx
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19147 \begin_layout Standard
19148 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19149 have a fixed location.
19151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19158 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19166 \begin_inset space ~
19171 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19172 too many notes on the page.
19175 \begin_layout Standard
19176 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19177 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19178 and pages without text.
19179 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19180 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19181 Floats are therefore numbered.
19182 Referencing is described in section
19183 \begin_inset space ~
19187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19189 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19196 \begin_layout Standard
19197 To insert a float, use the menu
19199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19203 A box with a caption that has e.
19204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19208 \begin_inset space \space{}
19212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19216 \begin_inset space ~
19220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19223 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19224 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19226 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19227 \begin_inset Index idx
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19237 paragraph within the float.
19238 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19239 by left-clicking on the box label.
19240 A closed float box looks like this:
19241 \begin_inset Graphics
19242 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19247 – a gray button with a red label.
19250 \begin_layout Standard
19251 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19252 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19255 \begin_layout Subsection
19259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19261 \begin_inset Index idx
19264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 Floats ! Figure floats
19271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19273 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19280 \begin_layout Standard
19283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19284 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19287 inserts a float with the label
19288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19294 \begin_inset space ~
19300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19304 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19305 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19306 This is what we did for Figure
19307 \begin_inset space ~
19311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19313 reference "cap:Platypus"
19318 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19319 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19320 This was done in Figure
19321 \begin_inset space ~
19325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19327 reference "cap:Escher"
19334 \begin_layout Standard
19335 \begin_inset Float figure
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 \begin_inset Graphics
19343 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19345 rotateOrigin center
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 \begin_inset Caption
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19358 name "cap:Platypus"
19362 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19375 \begin_layout Standard
19376 \begin_inset Float figure
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 \begin_inset Caption
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 \begin_inset Graphics
19403 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19405 rotateOrigin center
19417 \begin_layout Standard
19418 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19420 As described in section
19421 \begin_inset space ~
19425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19427 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19431 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19436 and refer to it using the menu
19438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19442 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19451 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19463 \begin_layout Standard
19464 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19465 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19466 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19467 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19469 \begin_inset space ~
19473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19475 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19479 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19480 You can also set the images one below the other.
19482 \begin_inset space ~
19486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19488 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19495 reference "fig:Platypus"
19499 are the subfigures.
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 \begin_inset Float figure
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19513 \begin_inset Float figure
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset Caption
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19524 name "fig:Undefinable"
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 \begin_inset Graphics
19538 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19553 \begin_inset Float figure
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset Caption
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19562 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19564 name "fig:Platypus"
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 \begin_inset Graphics
19578 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 \begin_inset Caption
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19602 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19606 Two distorted images.
19619 \begin_layout Standard
19620 Note that the caption is added to the
19623 \begin_inset space ~
19627 \begin_inset space ~
19632 as described in section
19633 \begin_inset space ~
19637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19639 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19648 \begin_inset Index idx
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 Floats ! Table floats
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19661 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19664 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19668 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19671 \begin_inset space ~
19675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19677 reference "cap:Table-float"
19681 is an example of a table float.
19684 \begin_layout Standard
19685 \begin_inset Float table
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 \begin_inset Caption
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19696 name "cap:Table-float"
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 \begin_inset Tabular
19711 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19712 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19866 \end{array}\right]$
19874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19910 \begin_inset Index idx
19913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19922 \begin_layout Standard
19923 This float type is inserted with the menu
19925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19926 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19930 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19931 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19935 , described in section
19936 \begin_inset space ~
19940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19942 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19950 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19964 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19972 floatname{algorithm}{your
19973 \begin_inset space ~
19979 \begin_layout Standard
19980 to the document preamble (menu
19982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19989 \begin_inset space ~
19995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20011 \begin_inset Index idx
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20023 \begin_layout Standard
20024 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 \begin_inset Graphics
20033 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20035 rotateOrigin center
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 \begin_inset Caption
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20048 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20052 This is a wrapped figure.
20053 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20066 This float type is used if you want to
20067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20074 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20076 It can be inserted using the menu
20078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20079 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20081 \begin_inset space ~
20086 if the LaTeX-package
20091 \begin_inset Index idx
20094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20118 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20121 \begin_inset space ~
20125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20127 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20131 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 Available units are explained in Appendix
20141 \begin_inset space ~
20145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20147 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20156 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20160 \begin_layout Standard
20161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20169 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20174 \begin_inset space \space{}
20177 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20178 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20187 \begin_layout Itemize
20188 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20189 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20190 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20191 page breaks will appear.
20194 \begin_layout Itemize
20195 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20196 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20199 \begin_layout Itemize
20200 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20201 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20204 \begin_layout Itemize
20205 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20208 \begin_layout Subsection
20210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20212 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20217 \begin_inset Index idx
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20230 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20231 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20235 \begin_inset space ~
20243 \begin_layout Standard
20244 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20245 have a multi-column document).
20246 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20249 \begin_inset space ~
20255 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20256 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20265 format is also the same: Table
20266 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20272 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20276 is an example of a rotated table float.
20279 \begin_layout Standard
20280 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 \begin_inset Float table
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20303 \begin_inset Caption
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20308 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 \begin_inset Tabular
20323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20324 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20329 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 \begin_layout Subsection
20391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20393 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20398 \begin_inset Index idx
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 \begin_layout Standard
20411 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20412 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20413 \begin_inset Newline newline
20419 \begin_inset space ~
20424 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20425 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20426 \begin_inset Newline newline
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20437 is used to rotate floats, see section
20438 \begin_inset space ~
20442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20444 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20451 \begin_layout Standard
20452 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20453 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20460 \begin_inset space ~
20468 \begin_layout Description
20470 \begin_inset space ~
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20477 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20480 \begin_layout Description
20482 \begin_inset space ~
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20489 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20492 \begin_layout Description
20494 \begin_inset space ~
20498 \begin_inset space ~
20501 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20504 \begin_layout Description
20506 \begin_inset space ~
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20513 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20517 The order of the above option is
20522 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20526 \begin_inset space ~
20530 \begin_inset space ~
20538 \begin_inset space ~
20542 \begin_inset space ~
20547 , and then the others.
20548 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20550 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20551 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20554 \begin_layout Standard
20555 By default, each option has its own rules:
20558 \begin_layout Standard
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20571 only floats occupying less than 70
20572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20575 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20582 \begin_inset space ~
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20591 : only floats occupying less than 30
20592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20595 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20598 \begin_layout Standard
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20606 \begin_inset space ~
20611 : only if more than 50
20612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20615 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20624 \begin_inset space ~
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20636 \begin_layout Standard
20637 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20638 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20639 For this case you can use the option
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20648 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20650 Because the float is then no longer able to
20651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20658 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20661 \begin_layout Standard
20662 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20663 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20667 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20669 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20671 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20678 \begin_layout Section
20680 \begin_inset Index idx
20683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20692 name "sec:Minipages"
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20700 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20702 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20703 \begin_inset space ~
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20717 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20718 and its alignment within the page.
20721 \begin_layout Standard
20723 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20732 height_special "totalheight"
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20738 This is a minipage.
20739 The text is set in an italic style.
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20746 another formatting.
20754 \begin_layout Standard
20755 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20758 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20762 as described in section
20763 \begin_inset space ~
20767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20769 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20774 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20781 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20790 height_special "totalheight"
20793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20794 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20795 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20805 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20814 height_special "totalheight"
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20819 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20836 to other box types.
20837 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20848 \begin_layout Chapter
20849 Mathematical Formulas
20850 \begin_inset Index idx
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20860 \begin_inset Index idx
20863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20894 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20901 \begin_layout Standard
20902 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20907 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20910 \begin_layout Section
20912 \begin_inset Index idx
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20925 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20926 \begin_inset Graphics
20927 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20932 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20934 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20935 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20936 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20944 \begin_layout Standard
20945 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20949 \begin_inset space ~
20954 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20957 \begin_layout Standard
20958 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20959 line, like this one:
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 This is a line with an inline formula
20964 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20970 \begin_layout Standard
20971 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20972 paragraph, like this one:
20973 \begin_inset Formula \[
20978 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20982 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20988 \begin_inset space \space{}
20992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21005 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21006 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21010 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21013 \begin_inset space ~
21021 \begin_layout Subsection
21022 Navigating in Formulas
21023 \begin_inset Index idx
21026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21035 \begin_layout Standard
21036 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21037 achieved with the arrow keys.
21038 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21039 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21044 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21045 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21049 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21053 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21056 \end{array}\right]$
21064 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21069 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21070 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21078 , printed in this document as
21079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21100 \begin_inset Note Note
21103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21104 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21105 space character (visible space).
21110 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21111 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21112 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21117 For example, if you want
21118 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21172 , since in the latter case only the
21175 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21180 will be under the square root sign:
21181 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21187 \begin_layout Standard
21188 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21190 \begin_inset Formula \[
21191 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21195 \end{array}\right)\]
21199 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21200 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21203 \begin_layout Subsection
21207 \begin_layout Standard
21208 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21209 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21213 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21214 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21215 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21216 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21217 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21220 \begin_layout Subsection
21221 Exponents and Subscripts
21222 \begin_inset Index idx
21225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21232 \begin_inset Index idx
21235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21244 \begin_layout Standard
21245 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21246 way is to use a command.
21248 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21251 , type in a formula
21257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21273 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21279 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21283 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21304 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21313 , you have to use an extra
21317 to separate the hat and the character.
21319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21323 \begin_inset space \space{}
21327 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21348 Subscripts are similar: To get
21349 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21372 \begin_layout Subsection
21374 \begin_inset Index idx
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21387 Create a fraction with either the command
21394 \begin_inset Graphics
21395 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21403 \begin_inset space ~
21409 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21410 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21411 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21416 To move back up, press
21421 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21422 \begin_inset Formula \[
21423 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21426 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21433 \begin_layout Subsection
21435 \begin_inset Index idx
21438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 Roots can be created using the
21451 \begin_inset space ~
21457 \begin_inset Graphics
21458 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21481 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21487 produces always a square root.
21490 \begin_layout Subsection
21491 Operators with Limits
21492 \begin_inset Index idx
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 \begin_inset Index idx
21505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21514 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21521 \begin_layout Standard
21523 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21527 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21530 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21531 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21532 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21533 The sum operator will automatically place its
21534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21541 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21544 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21548 \begin_inset Formula \[
21549 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21553 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21560 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21561 behind the operator and hitting
21569 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21570 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21572 \begin_inset space ~
21576 \begin_inset space ~
21584 \begin_layout Standard
21585 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21593 feature as addition, such as
21594 \begin_inset Index idx
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset Formula \[
21605 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21609 which will place the
21610 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21622 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21623 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21629 \begin_layout Standard
21630 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21637 Have a look at section
21638 \begin_inset space ~
21642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21644 reference "sub:Functions"
21648 for an explanation of function macros.
21651 \begin_layout Subsection
21653 \begin_inset Index idx
21656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 \begin_layout Standard
21666 Most math symbols can be found in the
21669 \begin_inset space ~
21674 under one of several categories; including
21691 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21695 \begin_layout Standard
21696 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21697 you don't have to use the
21700 \begin_inset space ~
21705 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21706 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21709 \begin_layout Subsection
21711 \begin_inset Index idx
21714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21729 arg "space-insert protected"
21735 \begin_inset space ~
21741 \begin_inset Graphics
21742 filename ../images/math/space.png
21747 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21748 For example, the sequence
21753 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21757 \begin_inset Graphics
21758 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21763 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21764 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21765 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21766 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21768 Here are two examples:
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21781 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21797 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21803 \begin_layout Subsection
21805 \begin_inset Index idx
21808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21817 name "sub:Functions"
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21828 \begin_inset space ~
21833 contains under the button
21834 \begin_inset Graphics
21835 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21839 a number of function macros, such as
21840 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21844 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21852 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21859 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21860 avoid confusions, because
21861 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21865 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21871 \begin_layout Standard
21872 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21874 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21878 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21884 \begin_layout Standard
21885 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21886 s are placed, as described in section
21887 \begin_inset space ~
21891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21893 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21900 \begin_layout Subsection
21902 \begin_inset Index idx
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21915 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21917 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21918 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21923 \begin_inset space \space{}
21927 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21930 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21931 Our example is entered by typing
21939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21952 \begin_inset space ~
21956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21958 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21962 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21965 \begin_layout Standard
21966 \begin_inset Float table
21971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21972 \begin_inset Caption
21974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21977 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21981 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 \begin_inset Tabular
21992 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21993 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22080 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22350 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22404 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22557 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22582 \begin_inset space ~
22588 \begin_inset Graphics
22589 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22593 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22597 \begin_layout Section
22598 Brackets and Delimiters
22599 \begin_inset Index idx
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 \begin_inset Index idx
22612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22621 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22629 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22630 For most purposes, using just the keys
22635 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22636 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22637 toolbar delimiter icon
22638 \begin_inset Graphics
22639 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22644 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22646 \begin_inset Formula \[
22647 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22650 \end{array}\right]\]
22654 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22655 \begin_inset Formula \[
22656 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22663 \begin_layout Standard
22664 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22665 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22670 left side and right side.
22671 If you use the option
22674 \begin_inset space ~
22679 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22680 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22681 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22682 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22687 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22688 inside the brackets.
22689 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22694 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22697 \begin_layout Section
22698 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22699 \begin_inset Index idx
22702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22709 \begin_inset Index idx
22712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 \begin_inset Index idx
22722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22723 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22732 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22735 \begin_inset space ~
22741 \begin_inset Graphics
22742 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22747 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22748 Here is an example:
22749 \begin_inset Formula \[
22750 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22754 \end{array}\right)\]
22758 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22759 \begin_inset space ~
22763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22765 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22770 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22771 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22772 This alignment is set in the box
22777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 for every column as default.
22826 For example, the sequence
22827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22838 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22839 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22840 corresponds to the relevant column.
22841 The result will look like this:
22842 \begin_inset Formula \[
22844 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22845 column & has & has\, right\\
22846 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22858 arg "newline-insert newline"
22861 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22862 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22864 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22867 or the math toolbar.
22870 \begin_layout Standard
22871 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22872 It can be created with the menu
22874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22875 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22877 \begin_inset space ~
22889 Here is an example:
22890 \begin_inset Formula \[
22902 \begin_layout Standard
22903 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22906 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22909 arg "newline-insert newline"
22913 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22918 arg "newline-insert newline"
22921 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22929 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22930 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22931 A new row is created by every further hit of
22934 arg "newline-insert newline"
22938 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22939 Here is an example:
22940 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22941 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22942 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22947 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22948 where you want to start the shift and hit
22953 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22954 position to the next column.
22955 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22956 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22957 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22958 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22965 \begin_layout Standard
22966 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22973 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22974 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22977 reference "eq:asquared"
22982 The other types are described in section
22983 \begin_inset space ~
22987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22989 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22996 \begin_layout Section
22997 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22998 \begin_inset Index idx
23001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23002 Math ! Formula numbering
23008 \begin_inset Index idx
23011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23012 Math ! Referencing formulas
23018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23020 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23028 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23031 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23033 \begin_inset space ~
23041 arg "math-number-toggle"
23045 The formula number appears in LyX as
23046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23053 within parentheses.
23055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23062 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23064 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23065 the document class.
23066 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23067 separated by a dot:
23068 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23069 1+1=2\end{equation}
23076 arg "math-number-toggle"
23079 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23080 You can only number displayed formulas.
23083 \begin_layout Standard
23084 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23086 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23087 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23089 \begin_inset space ~
23093 \begin_inset space ~
23097 \begin_inset space ~
23105 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23108 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23109 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23111 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23117 To number all lines use the shortcut
23120 arg "math-number-toggle"
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23127 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23130 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23131 A label is inserted with the menu
23133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23136 when the cursor is in the formula.
23137 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23138 It is recommended to use the proposed
23139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23150 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23151 type when you have many labels in your document.
23152 We inserted in the following example the label
23153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23160 in the second line:
23161 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23162 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23163 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23168 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23169 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23179 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23183 \begin_inset space ~
23189 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23190 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23191 as the formula number:
23194 \begin_layout Standard
23195 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23198 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23206 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23207 \begin_inset space ~
23211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23213 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23218 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23224 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23229 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23237 \begin_layout Section
23238 User defined math macros
23239 \begin_inset Index idx
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23251 \begin_layout Standard
23252 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23253 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23254 Math macros are explained in section
23257 \begin_inset space ~
23269 \begin_layout Section
23273 \begin_layout Subsection
23275 \begin_inset Index idx
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 \begin_layout Standard
23288 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23289 To set a font in a formula, use the
23292 \begin_inset space ~
23298 \begin_inset Graphics
23299 filename ../images/math/font.png
23303 , or enter its command, listed in table
23304 \begin_inset space ~
23308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23310 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23317 \begin_layout Standard
23318 \begin_inset Float table
23323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 \begin_inset Caption
23326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23329 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23333 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23343 \begin_inset Tabular
23344 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23345 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23433 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23554 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23616 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23640 \begin_layout Standard
23641 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23642 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23647 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23648 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23649 Here an example where
23650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23661 denotes the set of numbers:
23662 \begin_inset Formula \[
23663 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23670 \begin_layout Standard
23671 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23677 \begin_inset space \space{}
23689 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23693 \begin_inset Newline newline
23696 So it is better not to use this feature.
23699 \begin_layout Standard
23700 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23701 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23705 \begin_inset Newline newline
23708 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23714 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23728 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23734 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23735 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23737 \begin_inset space ~
23745 \begin_layout Subsection
23747 \begin_inset Index idx
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23759 \begin_layout Standard
23760 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23762 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23766 \begin_inset space ~
23770 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_inset Graphics
23785 filename ../images/math/font.png
23796 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23797 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23798 Here is an example:
23799 \begin_inset Formula \[
23801 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23802 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23810 \begin_layout Subsection
23812 \begin_inset Index idx
23815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23825 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23826 automatically chosen in most situations.
23844 For most characters,
23852 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23853 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23858 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23859 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23861 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23862 \begin_inset Graphics
23863 filename ../images/math/style.png
23868 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23869 For example, you can set
23870 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23873 , which is normally in
23882 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23886 The four styles are used in the following example:
23889 \begin_layout Standard
23890 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23894 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23898 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23902 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23908 \begin_layout Standard
23909 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23910 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23912 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23914 \begin_inset space ~
23919 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23920 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23921 will be adjusted to correspond.
23922 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23933 \begin_layout Standard
23937 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23943 \begin_layout Section
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23948 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23949 the document classes and into layout modules.
23950 \begin_inset Index idx
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23959 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23960 other than the AMS classes.
23962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23964 reference "sub:Modules"
23968 for more on layout modules.
23971 \begin_layout Section
23973 \begin_inset Index idx
23976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23983 \begin_inset Index idx
23986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 \begin_layout Standard
23996 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23997 (AMS) that are in common use.
24000 \begin_layout Subsection
24001 Enabling AMS-Support
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 Selecting the checkbox
24008 \begin_inset space ~
24012 \begin_inset space ~
24016 \begin_inset space ~
24023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24027 \begin_inset Index idx
24030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24031 Document ! Settings
24039 \begin_inset space ~
24044 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24046 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24047 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24050 \begin_layout Subsection
24052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24054 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24059 \begin_inset Index idx
24062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24063 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24072 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24073 LyX allows you to choose between
24094 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24097 \begin_layout Chapter
24101 \begin_layout Section
24103 \begin_inset Index idx
24106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24115 name "sec:Cross-References"
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24124 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24126 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24127 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24128 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24131 \begin_layout Enumerate
24135 \begin_layout Enumerate
24136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24138 name "enu:Second-item"
24145 \begin_layout Enumerate
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24155 or by pressing the toolbar button
24156 \begin_inset Graphics
24157 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24163 A grey label box like this:
24164 \begin_inset Graphics
24165 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24170 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24171 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24206 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24211 \begin_inset space \space{}
24214 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24230 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24235 or the toolbar button
24236 \begin_inset Graphics
24237 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24243 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24244 \begin_inset Graphics
24245 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24250 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24252 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24265 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24275 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24280 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24281 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24290 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24291 \begin_inset space ~
24295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24297 reference "enu:Second-item"
24304 \begin_layout Standard
24305 It is recommended to use a protected space
24309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24310 described in section
24311 \begin_inset space ~
24315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24317 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24326 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24330 \begin_layout Standard
24331 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24334 \begin_layout Description
24335 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24338 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24345 \begin_layout Description
24346 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24347 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24359 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24366 \begin_layout Description
24367 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24368 \begin_inset space ~
24372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24373 LatexCommand pageref
24374 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24381 \begin_layout Description
24383 \begin_inset space ~
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24390 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24392 LatexCommand vpageref
24393 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24400 \begin_layout Description
24402 \begin_inset space ~
24406 \begin_inset space ~
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24413 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24417 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24424 \begin_layout Description
24426 \begin_inset space ~
24429 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24430 \begin_inset Newline newline
24434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24442 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24447 \begin_inset Index idx
24450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24465 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24466 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24472 \begin_inset space \space{}
24476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24490 \begin_layout Standard
24491 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24492 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24493 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24497 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 You can only use the style
24506 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24510 is always possible.
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24514 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24515 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24516 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24517 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24518 \begin_inset space ~
24522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24524 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24535 \begin_inset space ~
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24544 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24546 The button text changes then to
24549 \begin_inset space ~
24554 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24555 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24556 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24557 \begin_inset Graphics
24558 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24560 rotateOrigin center
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24568 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24569 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24570 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24575 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 References are described in detail in the
24586 \begin_layout Section
24587 Table of Contents and other Listings
24588 \begin_inset Index idx
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 \begin_inset Index idx
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24617 \begin_layout Subsection
24619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24621 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24628 \begin_layout Standard
24629 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24632 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24638 \begin_inset space ~
24644 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24645 If you click on it, the
24649 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24650 sections in your documents.
24651 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24653 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24656 that is described in sec.
24657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 reference "sec:Navigating"
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24672 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24674 \begin_inset space ~
24678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24680 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24684 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24686 \begin_inset space ~
24690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24692 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24696 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24698 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24701 \begin_layout Subsection
24702 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24705 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24712 \begin_layout Standard
24713 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24714 You can insert them via the
24716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24728 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24731 \begin_layout Section
24732 URLs and Hyperlinks
24733 \begin_inset Index idx
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24743 \begin_inset Index idx
24746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 \begin_layout Subsection
24757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24776 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24777 \begin_inset Flex URL
24780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24790 \begin_layout Standard
24791 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24797 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24810 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24818 \begin_layout Subsection
24820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24822 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24830 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24835 or with the toolbar button
24836 \begin_inset Graphics
24837 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24843 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24852 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24853 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24856 name "LyX's homepage"
24857 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24861 , an Email address like this:
24862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24864 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24865 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24870 , or a link to a file.
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24887 to the link target.
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24892 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24893 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24894 the text style dialog.
24895 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24901 name "LyX's homepage"
24902 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24914 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24916 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24917 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24921 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24923 \begin_inset Newline newline
24931 \begin_inset Newline newline
24938 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24941 \begin_layout Section
24943 \begin_inset Index idx
24946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24955 name "sec:Appendices"
24962 \begin_layout Standard
24963 Appendices are created with the menu
24965 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24967 \begin_inset space ~
24971 \begin_inset space ~
24977 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24978 as the appendix region.
24979 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24984 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24985 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24986 and the subsection number.
24987 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24999 reference "cha:Credits"
25004 \begin_inset space ~
25008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25010 reference "sub:Export"
25017 \begin_layout Section
25019 \begin_inset Index idx
25022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25031 name "sec:Bibliography"
25038 \begin_layout Standard
25039 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25040 You can include a bibliography database,
25044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 Known under the name
25046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25058 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25059 manually, using the paragraph environment
25063 , which was described in section
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25070 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25075 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25076 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25080 use a bibliography database.
25083 \begin_layout Subsection
25084 The Bibliography Environment
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25092 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25094 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25103 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25105 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25114 , a short form of its title, as key.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25123 or the toolbar button
25124 \begin_inset Graphics
25125 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25131 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25132 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25133 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25134 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25139 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25140 entry with surrounding brackets.
25145 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25146 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25161 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25166 key "latexcompanion"
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25174 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25184 \begin_layout Subsection
25185 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25186 \begin_inset Index idx
25189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25190 Bibliography ! Databases
25196 \begin_inset Index idx
25199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25200 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25208 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25222 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25224 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25225 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25230 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25232 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25233 your working field in a database.
25234 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25235 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25237 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25242 The database is a text file with the file extension
25243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25254 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25255 The format is explained in
25256 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25262 and in LaTeX books (
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25265 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25270 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25271 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25272 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25273 \begin_inset Flex URL
25276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25278 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 To use a database, use the menu
25289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25294 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25307 \begin_inset space ~
25313 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25314 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25317 Add bibliography to TOC
25319 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25324 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25328 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25340 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25341 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25342 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25344 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25350 For information how this is done, have a look at
25351 \begin_inset Newline newline
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25357 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25370 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25375 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25378 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25406 \begin_inset space ~
25412 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25418 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25427 \begin_layout Standard
25428 When you select the option
25430 Sectioned bibliography
25434 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25437 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25438 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25440 Customizing Bibliographies
25448 Additional Features
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25455 the two methods of creating them.
25456 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25457 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25458 We used the style file
25462 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25465 \begin_layout Subsection
25466 Bibliography layout
25467 \begin_inset Index idx
25470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25471 Bibliography ! Layout
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25481 For this feature you need to enable the option
25487 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25491 \begin_inset Index idx
25494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25495 Document ! Settings
25505 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25506 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25507 in the previous section.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25512 in the citation reference window.
25513 Here an example where we set the text
25514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25518 \begin_inset space ~
25522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25525 to appear after the reference:
25528 \begin_layout Standard
25530 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25533 key "latexcompanion"
25540 \begin_layout Section
25542 \begin_inset Index idx
25545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25562 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25566 \begin_inset space ~
25571 or the toolbar button
25572 \begin_inset Graphics
25573 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25591 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25592 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25593 by LyX as the index entry.
25596 \begin_layout Standard
25597 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25598 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25602 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25614 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25618 \begin_inset space ~
25622 \begin_inset space ~
25625 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25627 \begin_inset space ~
25633 A light blue box labeled
25634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25645 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25646 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25649 \begin_layout Subsection
25650 Grouping Index Entries
25651 \begin_inset Index idx
25654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25666 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25667 lists under the entry
25668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25676 First we create the entry
25677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25685 \begin_inset space ~
25689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25691 reference "sub:Lists"
25696 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25703 reference "sec:Itemize"
25707 , we insert the command
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 for the enumerated list in section
25728 \begin_inset space ~
25732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25734 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25741 \begin_layout Standard
25742 The exclamation mark
25743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25750 marks the grouping levels.
25751 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25752 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25753 If we don't have an index entry for
25754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25764 \begin_layout Subsection
25766 \begin_inset Index idx
25769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25770 Index ! Page ranges
25778 \begin_layout Standard
25779 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25781 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25782 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25784 \begin_inset space ~
25788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25790 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25797 \begin_layout Standard
25800 Paragraph environments|(
25803 \begin_layout Standard
25804 and another entry at the end of section
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25811 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25821 Paragraph environments|)
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25849 respectively start and end the index range.
25850 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25851 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25852 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25853 An example is the index entry
25854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25857 Document ! Settings
25858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25864 \begin_layout Subsection
25866 \begin_inset Index idx
25869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25870 Index ! Cross referencing
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25880 We referred for example in the index entry
25881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 \begin_inset space ~
25893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25895 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25899 ) to the index entry
25900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25907 in the same section using the entry
25910 \begin_layout Standard
25913 GIF|see{Image formats}
25916 \begin_layout Standard
25917 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25918 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25919 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25922 \begin_layout Subsection
25924 \begin_inset Index idx
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Index ! Entry order
25936 \begin_layout Standard
25937 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25938 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25939 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25944 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25946 \begin_inset space ~
25950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25952 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25961 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25962 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 \begin_inset Index idx
25990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25991 Dummy entries ! maïs
25997 \begin_inset Index idx
26000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 Dummy entries ! maître
26007 \begin_inset Index idx
26010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26011 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26016 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26017 order maïs, maison, maître.
26018 To achieve this, we use the command
26021 \begin_layout Standard
26024 previous entry@current entry
26027 \begin_layout Standard
26028 In our case we want to have
26029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26054 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26055 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26060 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26072 to generate the index (see sec.
26073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26079 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26088 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26090 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26096 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26100 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26101 index commands start with
26102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26114 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26119 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26146 \begin_layout Subsection
26148 \begin_inset Index idx
26151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26152 Index ! Entry layout
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26162 \begin_inset Index idx
26165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26168 This is an italic dummy entry
26173 You can also format the page number using the character
26174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26181 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26182 We can write for example
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26188 italic page number:|textit
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 to get the page number in italic.
26193 \begin_inset Index idx
26196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26197 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26202 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26220 \begin_inset space ~
26226 Have a look at section
26227 \begin_inset space ~
26231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26233 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26237 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26241 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26249 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26253 to generate the index, see sec.
26254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26260 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26269 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26270 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26272 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26275 key "latexcompanion"
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26290 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26291 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26292 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26293 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26294 If so, put the following in the preamble
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26309 \begin_layout Standard
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 in the index entry.
26321 \begin_inset Index idx
26324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26330 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26331 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26332 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26336 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26342 \begin_inset space \space{}
26345 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26346 for all index entries.
26347 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26359 documentation for details,
26360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26362 key "makeindex,xindy"
26369 \begin_layout Subsection
26371 \begin_inset Index idx
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26383 name "sub:Index-Program"
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 When the index entry program
26395 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26396 generation; otherwise the program
26400 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26401 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26402 dialog, see section
26403 \begin_inset space ~
26407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26409 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26414 The available options are listed and explained in
26415 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26417 key "makeindex,xindy"
26422 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26430 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26431 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26432 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26433 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26434 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26442 \begin_layout Section
26443 Nomenclature / Glossary
26444 \begin_inset Index idx
26447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26454 \begin_inset Index idx
26457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26488 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26496 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26497 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26507 \begin_inset Index idx
26510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26511 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26517 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26518 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26524 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26527 \begin_layout Standard
26528 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26529 and then use the menu
26531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26537 \begin_inset space ~
26542 or the toolbar button
26543 \begin_inset Graphics
26544 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26562 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26567 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26568 The second is the description of the symbol.
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26580 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26588 \begin_layout Subsection
26589 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26590 \begin_inset Index idx
26593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26594 Nomenclature ! Layout
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26607 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26613 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26621 \begin_inset Newline newline
26629 \begin_inset Newline newline
26635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26642 character starts/ends the formula.
26643 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26655 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26667 \begin_inset space ~
26671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26673 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26680 \begin_layout Standard
26684 \begin_inset space ~
26689 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26690 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26695 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26702 in this document is:
26703 \begin_inset Newline newline
26708 dummy entry for the character
26713 \begin_inset Newline newline
26725 \begin_inset space ~
26735 font use the command
26764 \begin_layout Subsection
26765 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26766 \begin_inset Index idx
26769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26770 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26780 the symbol definition.
26781 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26782 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26785 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26786 LatexCommand nomenclature
26788 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26795 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26800 LatexCommand nomenclature
26803 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26808 They will be sorted by
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26835 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26838 will be sorted before the
26842 since the character
26843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26850 is considered in sorting.
26853 \begin_layout Standard
26854 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26857 \begin_inset space ~
26862 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26863 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26865 For the example given, you can insert
26869 in this field for the
26870 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26877 will be located before
26878 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26890 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26899 \begin_layout Subsection
26900 Nomenclature Options
26901 \begin_inset Index idx
26904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26905 Nomenclature ! Options
26913 \begin_layout Standard
26918 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26919 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26922 \begin_layout Description
26923 refeq Appends the phrase
26924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26939 to every nomenclature entry, where
26945 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26948 \begin_layout Description
26949 refpage Appends the phrase
26950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26965 to every nomenclature entry, where
26971 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26974 \begin_layout Description
26975 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 There are furthermore the options
27023 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27029 class options list in the
27031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27035 In this document the option
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27050 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27051 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27056 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27059 \begin_layout Description
27069 \begin_layout Description
27072 nomrefpage Like the
27079 \begin_layout Description
27082 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27091 \begin_layout Description
27095 \begin_inset space ~
27101 \begin_inset space ~
27106 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27109 \begin_layout Subsection
27110 Printing the Nomenclature
27111 \begin_inset Index idx
27114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27115 Nomenclature ! Printing
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27128 \begin_inset space ~
27132 \begin_inset space ~
27135 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27139 A light blue box labeled
27140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27151 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27152 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27165 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27173 For example, in order to change the name to
27177 , add the following line to the preamble:
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27188 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27198 \begin_layout Standard
27199 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27200 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27211 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27214 \begin_layout Standard
27217 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27218 \begin_inset space ~
27222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27224 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27229 The default value is 1
27230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27236 \begin_layout Subsection
27237 Nomenclature Program
27238 \begin_inset Index idx
27241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27242 Nomenclature ! Program
27248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27250 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27258 LyX uses the program
27262 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27263 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27268 by adding options, see section
27269 \begin_inset space ~
27273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27275 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27280 The available options are listed and explained in
27281 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27283 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27290 \begin_layout Section
27292 \begin_inset Index idx
27295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27302 \begin_inset Index idx
27305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27306 Document ! Branches
27312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27314 name "sec:Branches"
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27323 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27324 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27325 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27330 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27331 To create a branch, go in the
27333 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27341 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27342 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27346 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27347 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27352 where you can choose a branch.
27353 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27356 \begin_layout Standard
27357 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27358 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 \begin_inset Branch Question
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27375 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27379 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27388 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27394 \begin_layout Standard
27395 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27396 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27398 For example you can define for the question branch
27402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27403 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27404 \begin_inset space ~
27408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27410 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27432 \begin_layout Standard
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 and for the answer branch
27446 \begin_layout Standard
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27467 \begin_inset Branch Question
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27538 \begin_layout Standard
27539 Now it is possible to use the commands
27543 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27550 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27553 to obtain conditional output.
27554 Here is an example formula where only the
27561 \begin_inset Formula \[
27562 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27569 \begin_layout Standard
27570 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27578 \begin_layout Section
27580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27582 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27587 \begin_inset Index idx
27590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27604 dialog allows you in the
27608 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27609 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27614 \begin_inset Index idx
27617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27618 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27631 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27632 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27633 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27635 You can specify in the dialog tab
27639 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27641 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27642 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27651 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27652 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27653 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27655 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27656 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27658 \begin_inset space ~
27661 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27662 \begin_inset space ~
27665 1 will only display the sections.
27668 \begin_layout Standard
27669 The header information in the dialog tab
27673 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27674 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27679 \begin_inset space \space{}
27682 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27683 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27686 Automatic fill header
27688 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27689 title and author settings.
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27695 Load in fullscreen mode
27697 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27702 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27708 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27709 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27718 \begin_layout Section
27719 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27722 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27729 \begin_layout Subsection
27731 \begin_inset Index idx
27734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27743 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27751 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27752 constructs, but not all.
27753 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27754 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27755 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27756 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27757 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27764 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27768 \begin_inset space ~
27773 or by the toolbar button
27774 \begin_inset Graphics
27775 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27780 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27785 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27786 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27787 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27794 , you can write the command part
27800 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27804 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27805 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27806 the following example:
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 \begin_inset Graphics
27811 filename clipart/ERT.png
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27824 This is a line with a
27828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27860 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27861 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27869 \begin_layout Subsection
27870 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27871 \begin_inset OptArg
27874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27881 \begin_inset Index idx
27884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27893 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27902 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27903 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27912 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27913 any time if you know the right commands.
27915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27919 \begin_inset space \space{}
27922 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
27924 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27925 all caption labels bold.
27926 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27928 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27934 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
27935 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27937 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 As result you know that the package
27952 \begin_inset Index idx
27955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27956 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27962 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27964 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27975 usepackage[options]{package name}
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27979 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27980 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27981 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27985 In your case the package name is
27990 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27995 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27996 So you add the command
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28004 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28007 \begin_layout Standard
28008 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28013 For more commands provided by the
28017 package, have a look at its documentation,
28018 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28032 \begin_layout Standard
28033 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28035 For example if you use a
28039 class, you don't need the package
28043 , you can instead write
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28051 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28057 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28058 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28059 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28066 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28069 \begin_layout Standard
28070 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28071 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28073 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28074 the previous section.
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28078 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28080 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28082 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28090 \begin_layout Section
28091 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28094 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28099 \begin_inset Index idx
28102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28109 \begin_inset Index idx
28112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28123 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28124 to break your train of thought with
28126 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28134 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28139 \begin_inset Index idx
28142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28143 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28148 as explained below, and turn on
28151 \begin_inset space ~
28158 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28164 \begin_inset space ~
28168 \begin_inset space ~
28171 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28180 Previews of an already loaded document are
28184 generated just by selecting the
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28192 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28195 \begin_layout Standard
28196 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28197 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28200 \begin_inset space ~
28205 check box in the insert dialog.
28206 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28215 (on some systems named simply
28220 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28222 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28228 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28229 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28237 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28242 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28253 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28255 \begin_inset space ~
28260 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28261 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28263 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28264 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28265 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28266 the source view window.
28269 \begin_layout Section
28271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28273 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28278 \begin_inset Index idx
28281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28292 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28309 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28315 can be seen as the successor to
28319 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28324 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28325 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28335 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28342 \begin_layout Standard
28345 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28348 or the toolbar button
28349 \begin_inset Graphics
28350 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28355 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28356 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28357 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28358 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28359 scrolled so that it is visible.
28364 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28366 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28370 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28371 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28375 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28382 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28383 will bring an error message.
28384 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28385 specifying a different
28387 Alternative language
28389 in preferences dialog.
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28396 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28402 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28404 But you can use the
28407 \begin_inset space ~
28411 \begin_inset space ~
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28421 This does work with
28425 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28428 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28437 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28440 \begin_layout Description
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28445 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28446 should consider, e.
28447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28451 \begin_inset space \space{}
28454 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28455 This should not normally be needed.
28458 \begin_layout Description
28460 \begin_inset space ~
28463 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28464 the spell checker's default choice
28467 \begin_layout Description
28469 \begin_inset space ~
28473 \begin_inset space ~
28476 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28488 \begin_layout Description
28490 \begin_inset space ~
28494 \begin_inset space ~
28497 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28506 also for the spellchecker.
28510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28511 The encodings are explained in section
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28518 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28527 Only enable this if you use
28531 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28532 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28533 so this is disabled by default.
28536 \begin_layout Section
28538 \begin_inset Index idx
28541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28550 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28558 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28559 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28569 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28571 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28580 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28581 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28582 are available for many languages.
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28590 \begin_layout Subsection
28591 Setting up the thesaurus
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28599 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28604 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28609 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28615 en_EN for English).
28616 For instance, the English files are named:
28619 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28629 already on your system.
28630 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28631 \begin_inset Flex URL
28634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28636 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28642 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28647 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28649 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28650 unpack a zip archive.
28653 \begin_layout Standard
28662 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28663 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28665 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28666 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28670 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28673 \begin_layout Subsection
28674 Using the thesaurus
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28678 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28680 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28683 or the toolbar button
28684 \begin_inset Graphics
28685 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28687 rotateOrigin center
28691 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28693 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28695 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28696 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28697 and hyponyms (such as
28705 ), compounds (such as
28709 ) and antonyms (such as
28717 ), which are marked as such.
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28721 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28722 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28728 the dictionary, such as the above
28732 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28737 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28738 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28739 For example looking up the word forms
28747 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28752 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28765 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28766 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28767 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28770 \begin_layout Subsection
28771 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28779 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28784 as a standalone program.
28785 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28786 The library was released under the
28788 Berkeley Database License
28790 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28791 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28792 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28794 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28797 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28801 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28804 \begin_layout Section
28806 \begin_inset Index idx
28809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28816 \begin_inset Index idx
28819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 Document ! Change Tracking
28826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28828 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28836 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28837 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28838 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28839 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28843 \begin_inset space ~
28846 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28848 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_layout Standard
28857 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
28871 The color depends on the author that made the change.
28872 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28875 \begin_inset space ~
28879 \begin_inset space ~
28889 \begin_inset Index idx
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28893 Color ! Change tracking
28898 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
28899 the cursor is in changed text.
28900 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
28901 \begin_inset Graphics
28902 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28904 rotateOrigin center
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28913 \begin_inset Index idx
28916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28926 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 \begin_inset Graphics
28934 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28941 \begin_layout Standard
28942 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28949 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28954 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28960 \begin_layout Standard
28961 \begin_inset Tabular
28962 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28963 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
28964 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28965 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28971 \begin_inset Graphics
28972 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28974 rotateOrigin center
28983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28991 \begin_inset space ~
28994 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28996 \begin_inset space ~
29005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29010 \begin_inset Graphics
29011 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29013 rotateOrigin center
29022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29028 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29030 \begin_inset space ~
29033 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29035 \begin_inset space ~
29039 \begin_inset space ~
29043 \begin_inset space ~
29052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29057 \begin_inset Graphics
29058 filename ../images/change-next.png
29059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29060 rotateOrigin center
29069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29073 Jumps to the next change
29079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 \begin_inset Graphics
29085 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29087 rotateOrigin center
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29104 \begin_inset space ~
29107 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29109 \begin_inset space ~
29118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29123 \begin_inset Graphics
29124 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29126 rotateOrigin center
29135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29141 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29143 \begin_inset space ~
29146 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29148 \begin_inset space ~
29157 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29162 \begin_inset Graphics
29163 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29164 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29165 rotateOrigin center
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 \begin_inset space ~
29185 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29187 \begin_inset space ~
29196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29201 \begin_inset Graphics
29202 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29204 rotateOrigin center
29213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29221 \begin_inset space ~
29224 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29230 \begin_inset space ~
29239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29244 \begin_inset Graphics
29245 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29247 rotateOrigin center
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29264 \begin_inset space ~
29267 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29269 \begin_inset space ~
29273 \begin_inset space ~
29282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29287 \begin_inset Graphics
29288 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29290 rotateOrigin center
29299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29306 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29308 \begin_inset space ~
29317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29322 \begin_inset Graphics
29323 filename ../images/note-next.png
29324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29325 rotateOrigin center
29334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29366 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29367 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29368 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29369 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29370 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29371 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29372 step to the next change.
29373 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29377 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29378 to describe a change.
29381 \begin_layout Standard
29382 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29387 \begin_inset Index idx
29390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29397 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29398 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29404 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29407 \begin_layout Section
29408 International Support
29409 \begin_inset Index idx
29412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29413 International support
29421 \begin_layout Standard
29422 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29423 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29424 how to set up LyX to use them:
29425 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29427 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29435 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29436 \begin_inset space ~
29440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29442 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29449 \begin_layout Subsection
29451 \begin_inset Index idx
29454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 \begin_inset Index idx
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 Document ! Settings
29471 \begin_inset Index idx
29474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29475 Document ! Language
29483 \begin_layout Standard
29486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29489 dialog lets you set
29491 the language and character encoding for your language.
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 Choose your language in the
29500 section of this dialog.
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29513 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29518 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29519 For details about the different encoding options see section
29520 \begin_inset space ~
29524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29526 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29533 \begin_layout Subsection
29534 Keyboard mapping configuration
29535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29537 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29546 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29547 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29548 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29549 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29551 \begin_inset space ~
29555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29557 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29562 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29563 which one you want to use.
29566 \begin_layout Standard
29567 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29568 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29569 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29570 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29571 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29572 one to support the characters you want.
29573 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29580 \begin_layout Subsection
29584 \begin_layout Standard
29586 \begin_inset space ~
29590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29592 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29601 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29605 \begin_layout Standard
29606 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29607 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29615 \begin_layout Itemize
29616 Even if you have selected
29622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29625 dialog, users who have only the
29629 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29633 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29634 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29635 french quotes won't show up.
29638 \begin_layout Standard
29639 \begin_inset Float table
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 \begin_inset Caption
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29650 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 \begin_inset Tabular
29669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29670 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34103 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34104 also the characters from
34116 \begin_layout Itemize
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34126 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34127 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34133 \begin_layout Standard
34134 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34135 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34141 \begin_layout Standard
34142 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34143 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34149 \begin_layout Standard
34150 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34157 \begin_layout Standard
34159 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34173 \begin_layout Standard
34175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34182 \begin_layout Itemize
34195 \begin_layout Standard
34197 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34203 \begin_layout Standard
34205 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34211 \begin_layout Standard
34213 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34219 \begin_layout Standard
34221 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34237 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34245 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34246 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34247 Also make sure you're using the
34254 \begin_layout Chapter
34257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34259 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34266 \begin_layout Standard
34267 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34268 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34269 topic inside the user's guide.
34272 \begin_layout Section
34274 \begin_inset Index idx
34277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34291 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34292 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34295 \begin_layout Subsection
34299 \begin_layout Standard
34300 Creates a new document.
34303 \begin_layout Subsection
34307 \begin_layout Standard
34308 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34309 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34310 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34313 \begin_layout Subsection
34317 \begin_layout Standard
34321 \begin_layout Subsection
34325 \begin_layout Standard
34326 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34327 Click there on a file to open it.
34330 \begin_layout Subsection
34334 \begin_layout Standard
34335 Closes the current document.
34338 \begin_layout Subsection
34342 \begin_layout Standard
34343 Saves the actual document.
34346 \begin_layout Subsection
34350 \begin_layout Standard
34351 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34354 \begin_layout Subsection
34358 \begin_layout Standard
34359 Saves all opened documents.
34362 \begin_layout Subsection
34366 \begin_layout Standard
34367 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34370 \begin_layout Subsection
34374 \begin_layout Standard
34375 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34376 It is described in the section
34378 Version Control in LyX
34382 Additional Features
34387 \begin_layout Subsection
34391 \begin_layout Standard
34392 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34393 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34394 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34395 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34398 \begin_layout Standard
34399 When using the menu entry
34402 \begin_inset space ~
34407 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34411 \begin_inset space ~
34415 \begin_inset space ~
34420 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34421 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34424 \begin_layout Subsection
34426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34436 You can export your document to various file formats.
34437 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34438 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34439 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34442 \begin_layout Standard
34443 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34445 \begin_inset space ~
34449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34451 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34458 \begin_layout Description
34462 \begin_inset space ~
34467 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34468 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34471 \begin_layout Description
34479 \begin_layout Description
34480 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34484 \begin_layout Description
34486 \begin_inset space ~
34490 \begin_inset space ~
34493 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34497 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34505 \begin_layout Description
34512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34520 \begin_inset space ~
34525 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34526 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34530 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34533 \begin_layout Description
34540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 \begin_inset space ~
34553 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34554 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34562 \begin_layout Description
34564 \begin_inset space ~
34567 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34575 is replaced by the version number)
34578 \begin_layout Description
34579 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34592 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34596 \begin_layout Description
34600 \begin_inset space ~
34605 PDF-format using the program
34610 \begin_layout Description
34614 \begin_inset space ~
34619 PDF-format using the program
34624 \begin_layout Description
34628 \begin_inset space ~
34633 PDF-format using the program
34638 \begin_layout Description
34642 \begin_inset space ~
34650 \begin_layout Description
34654 \begin_inset space ~
34658 \begin_inset space ~
34663 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34664 and then exported as text using the program
34669 \begin_layout Description
34674 PostScript format using the program
34679 \begin_layout Description
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34692 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34693 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34699 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34702 \begin_layout Standard
34703 If one of the menu entries
34710 \begin_inset space ~
34719 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34720 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34721 \begin_inset space ~
34725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34727 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34732 \begin_inset Index idx
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34736 Reconfiguration of LyX
34744 \begin_layout Standard
34749 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34750 the export program.
34753 \begin_layout Subsection
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
34759 format or send it to a printer.
34760 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34761 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34767 For more information have a look at section
34768 \begin_inset space ~
34772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34774 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34781 \begin_layout Subsection
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34786 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
34787 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
34788 prefix, see section
34789 \begin_inset space ~
34793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34795 reference "sec:Paths"
34800 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
34809 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
34810 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
34811 \begin_inset space ~
34815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34817 reference "sub:Converters"
34824 \begin_layout Subsection
34825 New and Close Window
34828 \begin_layout Standard
34829 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
34832 \begin_layout Subsection
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34837 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
34840 \begin_layout Section
34842 \begin_inset Index idx
34845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 \begin_layout Subsection
34858 \begin_layout Standard
34859 Described in section
34860 \begin_inset space ~
34864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34866 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34873 \begin_layout Subsection
34874 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34877 \begin_layout Standard
34878 Described in section
34879 \begin_inset space ~
34883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34885 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34892 \begin_layout Subsection
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 Selects the whole document.
34900 \begin_layout Subsection
34904 \begin_layout Standard
34905 Described in section
34906 \begin_inset space ~
34910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34912 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34919 \begin_layout Subsection
34920 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34923 \begin_layout Standard
34924 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 Described in section
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34947 \begin_layout Subsection
34949 \begin_inset Index idx
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 Paragraph ! Settings
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34962 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
34963 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
34966 \begin_layout Standard
34967 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
34968 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
34970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34976 \begin_inset space ~
34984 \begin_layout Subsection
34985 Table Settings and Math
34988 \begin_layout Standard
34989 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
34991 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
34992 The properties of tables are described in section
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34999 reference "sec:Tables"
35003 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35004 \begin_inset space ~
35008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35010 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35017 \begin_layout Subsection
35018 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35021 \begin_layout Standard
35022 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35023 that can be nested.
35024 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35025 \begin_inset space ~
35029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35031 reference "sec:Nesting"
35036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35038 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35045 \begin_layout Section
35047 \begin_inset Index idx
35050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35059 \begin_layout Standard
35064 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35065 document with an external program.
35066 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35067 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35068 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35069 \begin_inset space ~
35073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35075 reference "sub:Export"
35080 You should at least see the menu entries
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35093 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35094 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35095 \begin_inset space ~
35099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35101 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35106 \begin_inset Index idx
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 Reconfiguration of LyX
35118 \begin_layout Standard
35119 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35120 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35121 \begin_inset space ~
35125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35127 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35132 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35135 \begin_layout Standard
35136 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35139 At the bottom of the
35143 menu the opened documents are listed.
35146 \begin_layout Subsection
35147 Open/Close all Insets
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35154 \begin_layout Subsection
35155 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35158 \begin_layout Standard
35159 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35163 Math macros are described in the
35170 \begin_layout Subsection
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35175 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35177 \begin_inset space ~
35181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35183 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35190 \begin_layout Subsection
35194 \begin_layout Standard
35195 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35196 opening a new view window.
35199 \begin_layout Subsection
35203 \begin_layout Standard
35204 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35205 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35206 view the same document, but at different positions.
35207 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35208 or more documents at the same time.
35209 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 Closes a split view.
35224 \begin_layout Subsection
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35229 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35230 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35231 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35232 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35233 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35236 \begin_layout Subsection
35238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35240 name "sub:Toolbars"
35245 \begin_inset Index idx
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35258 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35259 All toolbars and the
35262 \begin_inset space ~
35267 can be turned on and off.
35272 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35293 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35297 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35304 \begin_layout Standard
35309 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35313 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35314 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35315 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35316 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35317 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35320 \begin_layout Standard
35321 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35335 \begin_layout Section
35337 \begin_inset Index idx
35340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35349 \begin_layout Subsection
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35354 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35355 \begin_inset space ~
35359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35361 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35372 \begin_layout Subsection
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35376 name "sub:Special-Character"
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 Here you can insert the following characters:
35387 \begin_layout Description
35388 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35389 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35390 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35391 \begin_inset Newline newline
35395 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 Not all characters will be visible in the
35407 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35415 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35419 ) can display every character.
35427 \begin_layout Description
35428 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35432 \begin_layout Description
35434 \begin_inset space ~
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35441 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35448 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35455 \begin_layout Description
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35460 Quote Inserts this quote:
35461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35464 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35466 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35476 \begin_layout Description
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35481 Quote Inserts this quote:
35482 \begin_inset Quotes els
35488 \begin_layout Description
35490 \begin_inset space ~
35493 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35497 \begin_layout Description
35499 \begin_inset space ~
35502 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35506 \begin_layout Description
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35511 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35515 \begin_layout Description
35517 \begin_inset space ~
35521 \begin_inset Index idx
35524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 \begin_inset Index idx
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35535 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35540 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35541 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35542 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35547 \begin_inset Index idx
35550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35557 \begin_inset Newline newline
35560 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35564 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35572 and this Wiki-page:
35573 \begin_inset Newline newline
35577 \begin_inset Flex URL
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35590 \begin_layout Subsection
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35598 \begin_layout Description
35599 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35600 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35606 \begin_layout Description
35607 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35608 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35614 \begin_layout Description
35616 \begin_inset space ~
35619 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35620 \begin_inset space ~
35624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35626 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35633 \begin_layout Description
35635 \begin_inset space ~
35638 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35645 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35652 \begin_layout Description
35654 \begin_inset space ~
35657 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35658 \begin_inset space ~
35662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35664 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35671 \begin_layout Description
35673 \begin_inset space ~
35676 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35690 \begin_layout Description
35692 \begin_inset space ~
35695 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35709 \begin_layout Description
35711 \begin_inset space ~
35714 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35721 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35728 \begin_layout Description
35730 \begin_inset space ~
35733 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
35734 \begin_inset space ~
35738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35740 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35747 \begin_layout Description
35749 \begin_inset space ~
35752 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35759 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35766 \begin_layout Description
35768 \begin_inset space ~
35772 \begin_inset space ~
35775 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35782 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35789 \begin_layout Description
35791 \begin_inset space ~
35794 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35795 text line to the page border, see section
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35802 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35809 \begin_layout Description
35811 \begin_inset space ~
35814 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35821 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35828 \begin_layout Description
35830 \begin_inset space ~
35833 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35834 text page to the page border, described in section
35835 \begin_inset space ~
35839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35841 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35848 \begin_layout Description
35850 \begin_inset space ~
35853 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35854 \begin_inset space ~
35858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35860 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35867 \begin_layout Description
35869 \begin_inset space ~
35873 \begin_inset space ~
35876 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35883 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35890 \begin_layout Subsection
35894 \begin_layout Standard
35895 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
35896 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35898 \begin_inset space ~
35902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35904 reference "sec:toc"
35909 The index list is described in section
35910 \begin_inset space ~
35914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35916 reference "sec:Index"
35920 , the nomenclature in section
35921 \begin_inset space ~
35925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35927 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35931 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35932 \begin_inset space ~
35936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35938 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35945 \begin_layout Subsection
35949 \begin_layout Standard
35950 To insert floats, described in section
35951 \begin_inset space ~
35955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35957 reference "sec:Floats"
35964 \begin_layout Subsection
35968 \begin_layout Standard
35969 To insert notes, described in section
35970 \begin_inset space ~
35974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35976 reference "sec:Notes"
35983 \begin_layout Subsection
35987 \begin_layout Standard
35988 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35989 \begin_inset space ~
35993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35995 reference "sec:Branches"
36002 \begin_layout Subsection
36006 \begin_layout Standard
36007 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36008 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36010 An example is the document class
36011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36018 with three custom insets.
36021 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36027 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36030 \begin_layout Subsection
36032 \begin_inset Index idx
36035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36044 \begin_layout Standard
36045 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36046 files in your document.
36047 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36058 \begin_layout Subsection
36060 \begin_inset Index idx
36063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36072 \begin_layout Standard
36073 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36074 \begin_inset space ~
36078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36080 reference "sec:Minipages"
36085 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36096 \begin_layout Subsection
36100 \begin_layout Standard
36101 Inserts a citation as described in section
36102 \begin_inset space ~
36106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36108 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36120 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36121 \begin_inset space ~
36125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36127 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36134 \begin_layout Subsection
36138 \begin_layout Standard
36139 Inserts a label as described in section
36140 \begin_inset space ~
36144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36146 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36153 \begin_layout Subsection
36155 \begin_inset Index idx
36158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36165 \begin_inset Index idx
36168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 Longtables ! Caption
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36178 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36179 Floats are described in section
36180 \begin_inset space ~
36184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36186 reference "sec:Floats"
36190 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36201 \begin_layout Subsection
36205 \begin_layout Standard
36206 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36207 \begin_inset space ~
36211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36213 reference "sec:Index"
36220 \begin_layout Subsection
36224 \begin_layout Standard
36225 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36226 \begin_inset space ~
36230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36232 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36239 \begin_layout Subsection
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36245 Tables are described in section
36246 \begin_inset space ~
36250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36252 reference "sec:Tables"
36259 \begin_layout Subsection
36263 \begin_layout Standard
36265 Graphics are described in section
36266 \begin_inset space ~
36270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36272 reference "sec:Graphics"
36279 \begin_layout Subsection
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 Inserts an URL as described in section
36285 \begin_inset space ~
36289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36291 reference "sub:URLs"
36298 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36303 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36304 \begin_inset space ~
36308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36310 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36317 \begin_layout Subsection
36321 \begin_layout Standard
36322 Inserts a footnote, see section
36323 \begin_inset space ~
36327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36329 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36336 \begin_layout Subsection
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36341 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36342 \begin_inset space ~
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36348 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36355 \begin_layout Subsection
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 Inserts a short title, see section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36374 \begin_layout Subsection
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36395 \begin_inset Index idx
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 Inserts a program listings box.
36409 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36411 Program Code Listings
36420 \begin_layout Subsection
36424 \begin_layout Standard
36425 Inserts the actual date.
36426 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36428 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36440 \begin_layout Section
36442 \begin_inset Index idx
36445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 \begin_layout Standard
36455 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36456 \begin_inset space ~
36459 of the current document.
36460 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36463 \begin_layout Subsection
36467 \begin_layout Standard
36468 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36469 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36475 \begin_inset space \space{}
36479 \begin_inset space ~
36483 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36484 \begin_inset space ~
36487 2.5 and use the menu
36490 \begin_inset space ~
36494 \begin_inset space ~
36501 \begin_inset space ~
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36511 \begin_inset space ~
36517 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36521 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36527 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36534 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36535 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36538 \begin_layout Subsection
36539 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36542 \begin_layout Standard
36543 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36547 \begin_layout Subsection
36551 \begin_layout Standard
36552 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36553 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36554 on a cross-reference box.
36557 \begin_layout Section
36559 \begin_inset Index idx
36562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36571 \begin_layout Subsection
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 Change Tracking is described in section
36577 \begin_inset space ~
36581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36583 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36590 \begin_layout Subsection
36595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 \begin_layout Standard
36606 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36608 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36612 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36617 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36620 \begin_layout Subsection
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36626 \begin_inset space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sec:Navigating"
36637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36639 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36646 \begin_layout Subsection
36647 Start Appendix Here
36650 \begin_layout Standard
36651 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36652 position as described in section
36653 \begin_inset space ~
36657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36659 reference "sec:Appendices"
36666 \begin_layout Subsection
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36671 Un/compresses the current document.
36674 \begin_layout Subsection
36678 \begin_layout Standard
36679 The document settings are described in appendix
36680 \begin_inset space ~
36684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36686 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36693 \begin_layout Section
36695 \begin_inset Index idx
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 \begin_layout Subsection
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36712 Spell checking is explained in section
36713 \begin_inset space ~
36717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36719 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36726 \begin_layout Subsection
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36731 The thesaurus is described in section
36732 \begin_inset space ~
36736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36738 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36745 \begin_layout Subsection
36747 \begin_inset Index idx
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36757 \begin_inset Index idx
36760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36771 highlighted document part.
36774 \begin_layout Subsection
36776 \begin_inset Index idx
36779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 \begin_layout Standard
36789 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36794 \begin_inset Index idx
36797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 Reconfiguration of LyX
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 \begin_inset Index idx
36829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36830 Reconfiguration of LyX
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
36840 and needed programs it needs; see also section
36841 \begin_inset space ~
36845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36847 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36854 \begin_layout Subsection
36858 \begin_layout Standard
36859 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36866 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36873 \begin_layout Section
36875 \begin_inset Index idx
36878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 \begin_layout Standard
36888 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36892 \begin_layout Standard
36896 \begin_inset space ~
36901 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36902 found by LyX (see also section
36903 \begin_inset space ~
36907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36909 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36916 \begin_layout Section
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36920 name "sec:Toolbars"
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36929 \begin_inset space ~
36933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36935 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36942 \begin_layout Standard
36943 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36944 This is described in the
36946 Additional Features
36951 \begin_layout Subsection
36953 \begin_inset Index idx
36956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 \begin_layout Standard
36966 \begin_inset Graphics
36967 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36975 \begin_layout Standard
36976 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36982 \begin_layout Standard
36983 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37000 \begin_inset Note Note
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37009 manual for more information.
37017 \begin_layout Standard
37018 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37024 \begin_layout Standard
37025 \begin_inset Tabular
37026 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37027 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 \begin_inset Graphics
37036 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37063 \begin_layout Standard
37064 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37070 \begin_layout Standard
37072 \begin_inset Tabular
37073 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37074 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37075 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37076 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 \begin_inset Graphics
37085 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 \begin_inset Graphics
37114 filename ../images/file-open.png
37115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 \begin_inset Graphics
37143 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37171 \begin_inset Graphics
37172 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37200 \begin_inset Graphics
37201 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37202 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37217 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37229 \begin_inset Graphics
37230 filename ../images/undo.png
37231 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37258 \begin_inset Graphics
37259 filename ../images/redo.png
37260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37287 \begin_inset Graphics
37288 filename ../images/cut.png
37289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37304 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37316 \begin_inset Graphics
37317 filename ../images/copy.png
37318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37333 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 \begin_inset Graphics
37346 filename ../images/paste.png
37347 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 \begin_inset Graphics
37375 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37377 rotateOrigin center
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37394 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_inset Graphics
37413 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37415 rotateOrigin center
37424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37431 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 \begin_inset Graphics
37444 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37460 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37462 \begin_inset space ~
37473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37478 \begin_inset Graphics
37479 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37480 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37493 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37495 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37497 \begin_inset space ~
37508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 \begin_inset Graphics
37514 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 Formats text using the current settings in the
37530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37532 \begin_inset space ~
37543 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 \begin_inset Graphics
37549 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37566 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37568 \begin_inset space ~
37577 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37582 \begin_inset Graphics
37583 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37585 rotateOrigin center
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 \begin_inset Graphics
37613 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37615 rotateOrigin center
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37642 \begin_inset Graphics
37643 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37645 rotateOrigin center
37654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37658 Toggle outline window on/off,
37660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 \begin_inset Graphics
37673 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37675 rotateOrigin center
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37699 \begin_inset Graphics
37700 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37702 rotateOrigin center
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37728 \begin_layout Subsection
37730 \begin_inset Index idx
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37742 \begin_layout Standard
37743 \begin_inset Graphics
37744 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37752 \begin_layout Standard
37753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37759 \begin_layout Standard
37760 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37764 \begin_layout Standard
37765 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37771 \begin_layout Standard
37772 \begin_inset Tabular
37773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37774 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37775 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37776 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37782 \begin_inset Graphics
37783 filename ../images/layout.png
37784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37785 rotateOrigin center
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37809 \begin_inset Graphics
37810 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37812 rotateOrigin center
37821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 \begin_inset Graphics
37837 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37839 rotateOrigin center
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 \begin_inset Graphics
37864 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37866 rotateOrigin center
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37893 rotateOrigin center
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 \begin_inset Graphics
37918 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37920 rotateOrigin center
37929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37937 \begin_inset space ~
37941 \begin_inset space ~
37950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 \begin_inset Graphics
37956 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37957 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37958 rotateOrigin center
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37975 \begin_inset space ~
37979 \begin_inset space ~
37988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37993 \begin_inset Graphics
37994 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38011 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 \begin_inset Graphics
38024 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38041 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 \begin_inset Graphics
38054 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38055 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 \begin_inset Graphics
38083 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38084 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38111 \begin_inset Graphics
38112 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38113 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 \begin_inset Graphics
38141 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38142 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38159 \begin_inset space ~
38168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38192 \begin_inset space ~
38201 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38206 \begin_inset Graphics
38207 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38208 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38238 rotateOrigin center
38247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38255 \begin_inset space ~
38264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 \begin_inset Graphics
38270 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38287 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38289 \begin_inset space ~
38298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38303 \begin_inset Graphics
38304 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 \begin_inset Graphics
38333 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \begin_inset Graphics
38362 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 \begin_inset Graphics
38406 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38423 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 \begin_inset Graphics
38436 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38453 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38455 \begin_inset space ~
38464 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38469 \begin_inset Graphics
38470 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38472 rotateOrigin center
38481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38487 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38503 \begin_inset Graphics
38504 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38506 rotateOrigin center
38515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38521 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38523 \begin_inset space ~
38532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 \begin_inset Graphics
38538 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38540 rotateOrigin center
38549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38555 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38569 \begin_layout Subsection
38570 View / Update Toolbar
38571 \begin_inset Index idx
38574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 Toolbar ! View / Update
38583 \begin_layout Standard
38584 \begin_inset Graphics
38585 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38592 \begin_layout Standard
38593 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38599 \begin_layout Standard
38600 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38604 \begin_layout Standard
38605 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38611 \begin_layout Standard
38612 \begin_inset Tabular
38613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38614 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38616 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 \begin_inset Graphics
38623 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38625 rotateOrigin center
38634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38652 \begin_inset Graphics
38653 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38655 rotateOrigin center
38664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38671 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38683 \begin_inset Graphics
38684 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38686 rotateOrigin center
38695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38701 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38713 \begin_inset Graphics
38714 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38716 rotateOrigin center
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38731 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38732 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38744 \begin_inset Graphics
38745 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38747 rotateOrigin center
38756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38774 \begin_inset Graphics
38775 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38777 rotateOrigin center
38786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38793 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 \begin_layout Subsection
38811 \begin_layout Standard
38812 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38813 \begin_inset space ~
38817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38819 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38823 , the table toolbar
38824 \begin_inset Index idx
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38837 manual, the math macro toolbar
38838 \begin_inset Index idx
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38854 \begin_layout Chapter
38855 The Document Settings
38856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38858 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38863 \begin_inset Index idx
38866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 Document ! Settings
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38877 whole document and is called with the menu
38879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38883 You can save your document settings as default with th
38885 e Save as Document Defaults
38887 button in the dialog.
38888 This will create a template name
38896 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38901 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38904 \begin_layout Section
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38911 Document classes are described in section
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38918 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38923 Some classes use some class options by default.
38924 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38928 and you can decide to use them or not.
38929 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38930 recommended not to touch them.
38931 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38937 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
38938 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
38943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 When you want one of the following drivers
38945 \begin_inset Newline newline
38948 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38949 \begin_inset Newline newline
38952 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38957 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38959 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38973 child or subdocument.
38974 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38975 without its master.
38976 This way child documents are always compilable.
38977 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38988 \begin_layout Section
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38993 Modules are explained in section
38994 \begin_inset space ~
38998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39000 reference "sub:Modules"
39007 \begin_layout Section
39011 \begin_layout Standard
39012 The document font settings are described in section
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39019 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39026 \begin_layout Section
39030 \begin_layout Standard
39031 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39033 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39037 \begin_layout Standard
39038 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39039 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39040 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39052 \begin_layout Section
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 A description of this menu is given in section
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39064 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39071 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39078 \begin_layout Section
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39084 \begin_inset space ~
39088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39090 reference "sub:Margins"
39097 \begin_layout Section
39099 \begin_inset Index idx
39102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39103 Language ! Encoding
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39112 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39113 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39114 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39115 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39116 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39117 known for a particular character).
39121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39123 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39128 manual for details.
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39137 If you use the option
39141 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39142 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39143 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39144 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39145 exactly one encoding.
39146 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39155 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39156 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39158 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39159 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39173 \begin_layout Standard
39174 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39175 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39176 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39177 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39178 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39179 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39184 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39185 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39186 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39189 \begin_layout Standard
39190 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39193 \begin_layout Description
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39203 \begin_inset space ~
39210 , but the LaTeX-package
39215 \begin_inset Index idx
39218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39219 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39225 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39226 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39227 languages in TeX code.
39230 \begin_layout Description
39231 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39232 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39233 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39236 \begin_layout Description
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39242 \begin_inset space ~
39245 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39248 \begin_layout Description
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39257 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39260 \begin_layout Description
39262 \begin_inset space ~
39265 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39268 \begin_layout Description
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39277 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39278 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39281 \begin_layout Description
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset space ~
39290 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39294 \begin_layout Description
39296 \begin_inset space ~
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39303 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39304 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39307 \begin_layout Description
39309 \begin_inset space ~
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39320 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39321 \begin_inset space ~
39327 \begin_layout Description
39329 \begin_inset space ~
39333 \begin_inset space ~
39337 \begin_inset space ~
39340 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39341 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39344 \begin_layout Description
39346 \begin_inset space ~
39350 \begin_inset space ~
39353 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39354 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39355 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39356 \begin_inset space ~
39360 \begin_inset space ~
39366 \begin_layout Description
39368 \begin_inset space ~
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39375 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39376 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39377 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39378 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39389 \begin_layout Description
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39398 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39401 \begin_layout Description
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39407 \begin_inset space ~
39410 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39413 \begin_layout Description
39415 \begin_inset space ~
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39422 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39425 \begin_layout Description
39427 \begin_inset space ~
39430 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39433 \begin_layout Description
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39438 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39441 \begin_layout Description
39443 \begin_inset space ~
39447 \begin_inset space ~
39450 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39453 \begin_layout Description
39455 \begin_inset space ~
39459 \begin_inset space ~
39465 \begin_layout Description
39467 \begin_inset space ~
39471 \begin_inset space ~
39474 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39477 \begin_layout Description
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39483 \begin_inset space ~
39489 \begin_layout Description
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset space ~
39498 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39503 \begin_inset Index idx
39506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39507 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39512 , when using this, set the document language to
39517 \begin_layout Description
39519 \begin_inset space ~
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39526 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39530 , when using this, set the document language to
39535 \begin_layout Description
39537 \begin_inset space ~
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39544 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39549 \begin_inset Index idx
39552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39553 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39558 , when using this, set the document language to
39563 \begin_layout Description
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39569 \begin_inset space ~
39572 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39576 , when using this, set the document language to
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39594 , when using this, set the document language to
39599 \begin_layout Description
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39604 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39620 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39633 \begin_inset space ~
39636 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39637 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39638 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39653 \begin_layout Description
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39662 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39663 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39666 \begin_layout Description
39668 \begin_inset space ~
39672 \begin_inset space ~
39675 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39680 \begin_inset Index idx
39683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39684 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39689 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39692 \begin_layout Description
39694 \begin_inset space ~
39698 \begin_inset space ~
39701 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39705 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39714 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39729 \begin_layout Description
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39735 \begin_inset space ~
39738 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39743 \begin_inset Index idx
39746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39752 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39755 \begin_layout Description
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39760 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39765 \begin_inset Index idx
39768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39769 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39775 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39779 \begin_layout Description
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39792 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39799 \begin_layout Description
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39813 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39814 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39818 \begin_layout Description
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39831 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39832 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39835 \begin_layout Section
39839 \begin_layout Standard
39840 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
39841 depth in the table of contents as described in section
39842 \begin_inset space ~
39846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39848 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39855 \begin_layout Section
39859 \begin_layout Standard
39860 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39865 \begin_inset Index idx
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39869 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39879 \begin_inset Index idx
39882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39883 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39889 For a further description see section
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39896 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39903 \begin_layout Section
39907 \begin_layout Standard
39908 The PDF properties are explained in section
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39915 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39922 \begin_layout Section
39926 \begin_layout Standard
39927 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39932 \begin_inset Index idx
39935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39936 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39946 \begin_inset Index idx
39949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39950 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39955 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39958 \begin_layout Standard
39963 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39964 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
39967 \begin_layout Standard
39972 is used for special integral characters.
39975 \begin_layout Section
39979 \begin_layout Standard
39980 The float placement options are described in section
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39987 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39994 \begin_layout Section
39998 \begin_layout Standard
39999 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40000 The itemize environment is described in section
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40007 reference "sec:Itemize"
40014 \begin_layout Section
40018 \begin_layout Standard
40019 Branches are described in section
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40026 reference "sec:Branches"
40033 \begin_layout Section
40038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40050 to define LaTeX-commands.
40051 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40052 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40064 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40071 \begin_layout Chapter
40077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40079 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40084 \begin_inset Index idx
40087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40096 \begin_layout Standard
40097 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40099 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40103 It has the following submenus.
40106 \begin_layout Section
40110 \begin_layout Subsection
40114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40115 User Interface File
40116 \begin_inset Index idx
40119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40120 Customization ! of toolbars
40126 \begin_inset Index idx
40129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40130 Customization ! of menus
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40147 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40156 \begin_layout Standard
40157 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40158 interface (ui) file.
40159 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40160 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40169 Both files are loaded by the
40174 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40175 files and edit the entries.
40178 \begin_layout Standard
40179 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40191 entries must be ended with an explicit
40216 and in the case of the
40217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40229 The syntax for the entries is:
40232 \begin_layout Standard
40233 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40263 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40266 All LyX-functions are listed in
40267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40283 \begin_layout Standard
40284 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40286 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40289 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40294 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40320 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40323 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40330 \begin_layout Standard
40333 Enable tool tips in main work area
40335 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40343 \begin_layout Standard
40347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40354 restoring of window layout and geometries
40356 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40357 in the last LyX session.
40360 \begin_layout Standard
40363 Restore cursor positions
40365 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40369 \begin_layout Standard
40372 Load opened files from last session
40374 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40381 name "sub:Backup documents"
40386 \begin_inset Index idx
40389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40403 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40411 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40414 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40416 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40427 Open documents in tabs
40429 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40433 \begin_layout Subsection
40435 \begin_inset Index idx
40438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40447 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40454 \begin_layout Standard
40455 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40458 \begin_layout Standard
40459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40467 This section only deals with the fonts
40472 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40476 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 By default, LyX uses
40492 as roman (serif) font,
40500 (depends on the system) as
40503 \begin_inset space ~
40519 \begin_layout Standard
40520 You can change the font size with the
40525 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40526 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40529 \begin_layout Standard
40534 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40535 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40540 points have the size of 1
40541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40545 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40551 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40558 \begin_layout Standard
40563 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40568 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40569 \begin_inset space ~
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40582 \begin_layout Standard
40585 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40587 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40588 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40589 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40590 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40592 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40593 \begin_inset space ~
40599 \begin_layout Subsection
40601 \begin_inset Index idx
40604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_inset Index idx
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 \begin_layout Standard
40624 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40625 Choose an item in the list and use the
40632 \begin_layout Subsection
40634 \begin_inset Index idx
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40638 Settings ! Graphics
40646 \begin_layout Standard
40647 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40650 \begin_layout Standard
40655 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40656 This feature is described in section
40657 \begin_inset space ~
40661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40663 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40670 \begin_layout Section
40672 \begin_inset Index idx
40675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 \begin_layout Subsection
40688 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40695 Cursor follows scrollbar
40697 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40701 \begin_layout Standard
40704 Sort environments alphabetically
40706 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40709 \begin_layout Standard
40712 Group environments by their category
40714 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40717 \begin_layout Standard
40718 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
40730 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40734 \begin_layout Standard
40735 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40740 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40741 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40745 \begin_layout Subsection
40747 \begin_inset Index idx
40750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40757 \begin_inset Index idx
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 Settings ! Shortcuts
40769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40773 \begin_layout Standard
40774 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40775 Several binding files are available:
40778 \begin_layout Description
40779 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40782 \begin_layout Description
40783 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40794 \begin_layout Description
40795 mac.bind set of bindings for
40798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40806 \begin_layout Standard
40807 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40811 , and bind files for special languages.
40812 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40813 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40817 \begin_inset space \space{}
40821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40829 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40834 Some bind-files, like
40838 , have only a small scope.
40839 When looking at the the end of the file
40843 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40846 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40850 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40855 \begin_inset Index idx
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40859 Key Bindings ! Editing
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40868 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40869 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40870 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40873 Show key-bindings containing
40876 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40877 Insert there for example as keyword
40878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40885 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40895 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40896 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40900 that you will find in the
40907 \begin_layout Standard
40909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40913 \begin_inset space \space{}
40924 , select the function and press the
40929 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40930 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40931 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40932 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40933 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
40935 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40937 The binding for the function
40941 is an example of this.
40944 \begin_layout Standard
40945 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40947 The syntax of the entries is:
40950 \begin_layout Standard
40956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40974 \begin_layout Subsection
40976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40986 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40991 \begin_inset Index idx
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 \begin_inset Index idx
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41015 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41021 \begin_inset space \space{}
41024 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41025 can use the keyboard map file named
41032 \begin_layout Standard
41033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41049 \begin_layout Standard
41050 Besides this, you can specify here the
41052 Wheel scrolling speed
41055 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41059 \begin_layout Subsection
41061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41063 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41068 \begin_inset Index idx
41071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 \begin_layout Standard
41081 Input completion is described in sec.
41082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41088 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41093 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41095 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41096 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41100 \begin_layout Section
41102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41109 \begin_inset Index idx
41112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 \begin_inset Index idx
41122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 \begin_layout Description
41133 \begin_inset space ~
41136 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41137 It is the default when you
41148 \begin_inset space ~
41156 \begin_layout Description
41158 \begin_inset space ~
41161 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41163 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41165 \begin_inset space ~
41169 \begin_inset space ~
41177 \begin_layout Description
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41182 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41188 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41192 \begin_inset Newline newline
41196 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41216 \begin_layout Description
41218 \begin_inset space ~
41222 \begin_inset Index idx
41225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41231 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41232 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41239 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41247 will be used to save the backups.
41248 \begin_inset Newline newline
41251 The backup files have the ending
41252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41262 \begin_layout Description
41267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41275 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41276 \begin_inset Newline newline
41280 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41288 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41296 \begin_layout Description
41298 \begin_inset space ~
41301 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41304 \begin_layout Description
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41309 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41310 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41311 to find it on the system.
41312 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41313 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41322 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41323 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41327 \begin_layout Section
41331 \begin_layout Standard
41332 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41333 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41341 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41345 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41348 \begin_layout Section
41350 \begin_inset Index idx
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 Language ! Settings
41360 \begin_inset Index idx
41363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 Settings ! Language
41372 \begin_layout Subsection
41376 \begin_layout Description
41378 \begin_inset space ~
41382 \begin_inset space ~
41385 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41386 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41387 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41388 You find the actual translation status here:
41389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41391 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41392 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41399 \begin_layout Description
41401 \begin_inset space ~
41404 language is the language used in new documents
41407 \begin_layout Description
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41412 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41414 The default is the LaTeX-command
41420 that loads the package
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41429 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41430 \begin_inset space ~
41434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41436 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41446 \begin_inset Newline newline
41453 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41454 to the document language.
41455 A text label is, for instance, the word
41456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41463 at the beginning of every table caption.
41466 \begin_layout Description
41468 \begin_inset space ~
41471 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41472 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41473 An example is the start command
41479 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41499 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41504 \begin_layout Description
41506 \begin_inset space ~
41514 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41515 command toggles the package on and off.
41518 \begin_layout Description
41520 \begin_inset space ~
41530 \begin_layout Description
41531 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41532 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41533 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41534 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41541 \begin_layout Description
41543 \begin_inset space ~
41546 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41548 When this option is not set, the
41551 \begin_inset space ~
41556 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41557 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41560 \begin_inset space ~
41568 \begin_layout Description
41570 \begin_inset space ~
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41582 When it is not set, the
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41590 is set to the end of the document.
41593 \begin_layout Description
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41599 \begin_inset space ~
41602 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41603 language will be underlined blue.
41606 \begin_layout Description
41608 \begin_inset space ~
41612 \begin_inset space ~
41615 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41616 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41619 \begin_layout Description
41621 \begin_inset space ~
41624 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41625 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41626 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41627 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41630 \begin_layout Subsection
41634 \begin_layout Standard
41635 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41636 \begin_inset space ~
41640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41642 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41649 \begin_layout Section
41653 \begin_layout Subsection
41655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41662 \begin_inset Index idx
41665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 \begin_inset Index idx
41675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 \begin_layout Description
41686 \begin_inset space ~
41689 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41690 The name will be used when the
41695 \begin_inset Newline newline
41699 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41707 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
41715 \begin_layout Description
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41728 printer This option works only for the
41733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41745 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41746 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41749 \begin_layout Description
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41754 command is the command LyX
41755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41762 LaTeX uses for printing.
41763 The default is on most systems
41770 \begin_layout Description
41772 \begin_inset space ~
41776 \begin_inset space ~
41779 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41780 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41781 of the program that provides the
41788 \begin_layout Subsection
41790 \begin_inset Index idx
41793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41800 \begin_inset Index idx
41803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41804 Settings ! Date format
41812 \begin_layout Standard
41813 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41814 \begin_inset Newline newline
41818 \begin_inset Flex URL
41821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41823 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41829 \begin_inset Newline newline
41832 For example the format
41833 \begin_inset Newline newline
41837 \begin_inset Newline newline
41840 prints the date as day/month/year.
41843 \begin_layout Subsection
41847 \begin_layout Description
41849 \begin_inset space ~
41853 \begin_inset space ~
41856 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41859 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41860 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41862 \begin_inset space ~
41868 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41872 \begin_layout Description
41874 \begin_inset space ~
41877 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41882 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41883 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41886 \begin_layout Subsection
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41901 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41906 \begin_inset Index idx
41909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 \begin_layout Description
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41934 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41939 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41961 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41974 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41975 LyX sets up in the background.
41976 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41979 \begin_layout Description
41981 \begin_inset space ~
41985 \begin_inset space ~
41988 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41993 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41996 \begin_layout Standard
41997 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41998 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41999 manuals of the applications.
42000 Currently the following commands can be set:
42003 \begin_layout Description
42008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42016 \begin_inset space ~
42019 command Command for the program
42023 that is described in the section
42029 Additional Features
42034 \begin_layout Description
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42050 command Command for the program
42054 that generates the bibliography, see section
42055 \begin_inset space ~
42059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42061 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42068 \begin_layout Description
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42073 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42074 \begin_inset space ~
42078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42080 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42087 \begin_layout Description
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42092 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42093 \begin_inset space ~
42097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42099 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42106 \begin_layout Description
42108 \begin_inset space ~
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42123 options They only have an effect when the program
42127 is used as DVI-viewer.
42130 \begin_layout Standard
42131 There are additionally the following options:
42134 \begin_layout Description
42136 \begin_inset space ~
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42144 \begin_inset space ~
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42155 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42173 to separate folders.
42174 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42175 \begin_inset Index idx
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42185 \begin_inset Index idx
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 \begin_layout Description
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42203 \begin_inset space ~
42207 \begin_inset space ~
42211 \begin_inset space ~
42215 \begin_inset space ~
42219 \begin_inset space ~
42222 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42224 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42227 dialog when changing the document class.
42230 \begin_layout Section
42232 \begin_inset space ~
42236 \begin_inset Index idx
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42248 \begin_layout Subsection
42250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42252 name "sub:Converters"
42257 \begin_inset Index idx
42260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 \begin_layout Standard
42270 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42271 from one format to another.
42272 You can modify them or create new ones.
42273 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42280 \begin_inset space ~
42290 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42294 \begin_inset space ~
42299 drop-down list, modify the
42303 field, and press the
42310 \begin_layout Standard
42313 Converter File Cache
42315 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42318 Maximum Age (in days
42321 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42322 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42325 \begin_layout Standard
42326 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42327 the converter definition, is described in the section
42338 \begin_layout Subsection
42340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42342 name "sec:File-Formats"
42347 \begin_inset Index idx
42350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 \begin_inset Index idx
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 \begin_layout Standard
42370 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42371 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42375 \begin_layout Standard
42376 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42377 is described in the section
42388 \begin_layout Standard
42389 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42390 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42391 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42392 This is done by specifying a
42397 More about this is described in the section
42408 \begin_layout Chapter
42409 Units available in LyX
42410 \begin_inset Index idx
42413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42422 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42429 \begin_layout Standard
42430 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42433 reference "cap:Units"
42437 explains all units available in LyX.
42440 \begin_layout Standard
42441 \begin_inset Float table
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42448 \begin_inset Caption
42450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42466 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42474 \begin_inset Tabular
42475 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42476 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 scaled point (65536
42630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42634 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42690 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42745 % of original image width
42752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42959 \begin_layout Chapter
42961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42970 \begin_layout Standard
42971 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42972 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42975 \begin_layout Itemize
42978 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42981 \begin_layout Itemize
42987 \begin_layout Itemize
42993 \begin_layout Itemize
42999 \begin_layout Itemize
43005 \begin_layout Itemize
43011 \begin_layout Itemize
43017 \begin_layout Itemize
43023 \begin_layout Itemize
43026 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43029 \begin_layout Itemize
43035 \begin_layout Itemize
43041 \begin_layout Itemize
43047 \begin_layout Itemize
43053 \begin_layout Itemize
43059 \begin_layout Itemize
43065 \begin_layout Itemize
43071 \begin_layout Itemize
43077 \begin_layout Itemize
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43088 \begin_layout Standard
43089 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43092 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43099 \begin_layout Bibliography
43100 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43101 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43102 LatexCommand bibitem
43109 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43112 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43117 \begin_inset Newline newline
43121 \begin_inset Flex URL
43124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43126 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43134 \begin_layout Bibliography
43135 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43136 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43137 LatexCommand bibitem
43138 key "latexcompanion"
43142 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43144 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43147 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43150 \begin_layout Bibliography
43151 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43152 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43153 LatexCommand bibitem
43158 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43161 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43164 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43167 \begin_layout Bibliography
43168 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43170 LatexCommand bibitem
43177 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43180 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43183 \begin_layout Bibliography
43184 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43186 LatexCommand bibitem
43198 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43201 \begin_layout Bibliography
43202 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43204 LatexCommand bibitem
43210 \begin_inset Newline newline
43214 \begin_inset Flex URL
43217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43219 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43227 \begin_layout Bibliography
43228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43230 LatexCommand bibitem
43236 \begin_inset Newline newline
43240 \begin_inset Flex URL
43243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43253 \begin_layout Bibliography
43254 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43256 LatexCommand bibitem
43262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43264 name "Documentation"
43265 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43274 \begin_inset Newline newline
43278 \begin_inset Flex URL
43281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43291 \begin_layout Bibliography
43292 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43293 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43294 LatexCommand bibitem
43300 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43302 name "Documentation"
43303 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43307 how to use the program
43312 \begin_inset Newline newline
43316 \begin_inset Flex URL
43319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43321 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43329 \begin_layout Bibliography
43330 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43332 LatexCommand bibitem
43338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43340 name "Documentation"
43341 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43350 \begin_inset Newline newline
43354 \begin_inset Flex URL
43357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43367 \begin_layout Bibliography
43368 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43369 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43370 LatexCommand bibitem
43376 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43378 name "Documentation"
43379 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43388 \begin_inset Newline newline
43392 \begin_inset Flex URL
43395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43397 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43405 \begin_layout Bibliography
43406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43408 LatexCommand bibitem
43414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43416 name "Documentation"
43417 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43421 of the LaTeX-package
43426 \begin_inset Index idx
43429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43430 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43436 \begin_inset Newline newline
43440 \begin_inset Flex URL
43443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43445 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43453 \begin_layout Bibliography
43454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43456 LatexCommand bibitem
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43464 name "Documentation"
43465 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43469 of the LaTeX-package
43474 \begin_inset Index idx
43477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43478 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43484 \begin_inset Newline newline
43488 \begin_inset Flex URL
43491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43493 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43501 \begin_layout Bibliography
43502 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43504 LatexCommand bibitem
43512 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43514 name "Documentation"
43515 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43521 of the LaTeX-package
43526 \begin_inset Index idx
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43530 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43536 \begin_inset Newline newline
43540 \begin_inset Flex URL
43543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43545 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43553 \begin_layout Bibliography
43554 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43556 LatexCommand bibitem
43562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43564 name "Documentation"
43565 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43569 of the LaTeX-package
43574 \begin_inset Index idx
43577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43578 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43584 \begin_inset Newline newline
43588 \begin_inset Flex URL
43591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43593 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43601 \begin_layout Bibliography
43602 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43603 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43604 LatexCommand bibitem
43610 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43612 name "Documentation"
43613 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43617 of the LaTeX-package
43622 \begin_inset Index idx
43625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43626 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43632 \begin_inset Newline newline
43636 \begin_inset Flex URL
43639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43641 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43649 \begin_layout Bibliography
43650 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43651 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43652 LatexCommand bibitem
43658 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43660 name "Documentation"
43661 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43665 of the LaTeX-package
43670 \begin_inset Index idx
43673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43674 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43680 \begin_inset Newline newline
43684 \begin_inset Flex URL
43687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43689 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43697 \begin_layout Bibliography
43698 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43700 LatexCommand bibitem
43706 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43709 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43713 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43714 \begin_inset Newline newline
43718 \begin_inset Flex URL
43721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43731 \begin_layout Bibliography
43732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43734 LatexCommand bibitem
43740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43743 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43747 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43748 \begin_inset Newline newline
43752 \begin_inset Flex URL
43755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43757 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43765 \begin_layout Bibliography
43766 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43767 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43768 LatexCommand bibitem
43774 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43777 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43781 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43782 \begin_inset Newline newline
43786 \begin_inset Flex URL
43789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43791 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43799 \begin_layout Bibliography
43800 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43801 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43802 LatexCommand bibitem
43808 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43811 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43815 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43816 \begin_inset Newline newline
43820 \begin_inset Flex URL
43823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43825 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43833 \begin_layout Bibliography
43834 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43836 LatexCommand bibitem
43842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43845 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43849 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43850 \begin_inset Newline newline
43854 \begin_inset Flex URL
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43859 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43867 \begin_layout Bibliography
43868 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43869 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43870 LatexCommand bibitem
43876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43879 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43883 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43884 \begin_inset Newline newline
43888 \begin_inset Flex URL
43891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43893 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43901 \begin_layout Bibliography
43902 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43903 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43904 LatexCommand bibitem
43910 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43913 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43917 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43918 \begin_inset Newline newline
43922 \begin_inset Flex URL
43925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43927 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43935 \begin_layout Bibliography
43936 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43938 LatexCommand bibitem
43944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43947 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43951 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43952 \begin_inset Newline newline
43956 \begin_inset Flex URL
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43969 \begin_layout Bibliography
43970 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43972 LatexCommand bibitem
43978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43981 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43985 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43986 \begin_inset Newline newline
43990 \begin_inset Flex URL
43993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43995 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44003 \begin_layout Bibliography
44004 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44005 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44006 LatexCommand bibitem
44012 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44015 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44019 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44020 \begin_inset Newline newline
44024 \begin_inset Flex URL
44027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44029 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44037 \begin_layout Bibliography
44038 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44039 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44040 LatexCommand bibitem
44046 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44049 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44053 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44054 \begin_inset Newline newline
44058 \begin_inset Flex URL
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44063 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44071 \begin_layout Bibliography
44072 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44073 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44074 LatexCommand bibitem
44080 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44083 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44087 about new features in
44092 \begin_inset Newline newline
44096 \begin_inset Flex URL
44099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44101 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44109 \begin_layout Standard
44110 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44144 \begin_inset Note Note
44147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44154 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44155 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44156 bibliography is the second one:
44164 \begin_layout Standard
44165 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44166 LatexCommand bibtex
44167 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44168 options "biblio/alphadin"
44175 \begin_layout Standard
44176 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44179 \begin_layout Standard
44182 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44183 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44189 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44190 LatexCommand printindex
projects / lyx.git / blob